WO2012117965A1 - Pigment composition for color filter, colored composition, and color filter - Google Patents

Pigment composition for color filter, colored composition, and color filter Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012117965A1
WO2012117965A1 PCT/JP2012/054573 JP2012054573W WO2012117965A1 WO 2012117965 A1 WO2012117965 A1 WO 2012117965A1 JP 2012054573 W JP2012054573 W JP 2012054573W WO 2012117965 A1 WO2012117965 A1 WO 2012117965A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pigment
parts
composition
group
formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2012/054573
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
裕介 飯田
太郎 室星
雅之 藤木
Original Assignee
東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社
トーヨーケム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社, トーヨーケム株式会社 filed Critical 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社
Publication of WO2012117965A1 publication Critical patent/WO2012117965A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • C09B57/004Diketopyrrolopyrrole dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0033Blends of pigments; Mixtured crystals; Solid solutions
    • C09B67/0034Mixtures of two or more pigments or dyes of the same type
    • C09B67/0039Mixtures of diketopyrrolopyrroles
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/201Filters in the form of arrays

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a color liquid crystal display device, a color filter pigment composition for use in the production of a color filter used in a color image pickup tube element, a color composition, and a color filter formed using the same. is there.
  • a liquid crystal layer sandwiched between two polarizing plates controls the amount of light passing through the first polarizing plate by controlling the degree of polarization of light passing through the first polarizing plate.
  • the type using twisted nematic (TN) type liquid crystal is the mainstream.
  • a color filter is a surface of a transparent substrate such as glass, in which two or more kinds of fine band (striped) filter segments of different hues are arranged in parallel or crossing each other, or fine filter segments are arranged vertically and horizontally. It is made up of those arranged in In general, it is often formed from filter segments of three colors of red, green, and blue. Each of these segments is as fine as several microns to several hundreds of microns, and is arranged in a predetermined arrangement for each hue. ing.
  • a transparent electrode for driving liquid crystal is formed on a color filter by vapor deposition or sputtering, and an alignment film for aligning liquid crystal in a certain direction is further formed thereon.
  • a high temperature treatment of generally 200 ° C. or higher, preferably 230 ° C. or higher is required in the production process for forming the color filter.
  • a method called a pigment dispersion method using a pigment having excellent light resistance and heat resistance as a colorant is mainly used as a method for producing a color filter.
  • a pigment having excellent light resistance and heat resistance such as a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a perylene pigment or a disazo pigment, may be used alone or in combination for the red filter segment. It is common.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 is a pigment having particularly high brightness, and is therefore used as a color filter.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 is a pigment having particularly high brightness, and is therefore used as a color filter.
  • the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments that have been refined have the property of being easy to grow crystals due to their intermolecular hydrogen bonds, crystallization occurs in the heating process when forming the color filter, and foreign matter is generated. Is a problem.
  • the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment can be obtained by the production method disclosed in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 (hereinafter referred to as “succinic acid ester synthesis method”).
  • succinic acid ester synthesis method Methods for obtaining a mixture of at least two structurally different diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments using a plurality of nitrile compounds as raw materials in the succinate synthesis method are disclosed in Patent Document 1, Patent Document 2, and Patent Document 3 Has been.
  • Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 hereinafter referred to as “succinic acid ester synthesis method”.
  • Patent Document 4 a mixture of at least two structurally different diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments obtained by a succinate synthesis method using a nitrile compound having a plurality of specific structural formulas as a raw material is used for a color filter.
  • a succinate synthesis method using a nitrile compound having a plurality of specific structural formulas as a raw material is used for a color filter.
  • Patent Documents 5 and 6 a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (mainly CI Pigment Red 254) and a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound having at least one specific structural formula are used in combination with a high contrast ratio. There has been proposed and disclosed a coloring composition for a color filter which is present and suppresses crystal precipitation due to a heating process. Patent Document 7 also describes a pigment dispersion composition for a color filter using a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment.
  • JP 58-210084 A Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 07-90189 JP-A-61-120861 Special table 2007-514798 gazette WO2009 / 081930 pamphlet JP 2009-149707 A WO2009 / 144115 pamphlet
  • the present invention provides a pigment composition for a color filter, a coloring composition, and a color filter using the same, which have a high brightness and a high contrast ratio and do not cause crystal precipitation of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment even in a heating process.
  • the task is to do.
  • the present inventors have described C.I. I. As a result of studying various combinations of CI Pigment Red 254 and other diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, a specific diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment having a pigment structure in which a substituent is introduced asymmetrically is obtained. I. The present inventors have found that a pigment composition contained in a specific ratio with respect to CI Pigment Red 254 is very excellent in achieving the above-described problems, and have reached the present invention.
  • the present invention relates to C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 and a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the following formula (1), C.I. I.
  • the present invention relates to a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition for color filters, wherein the mass ratio of Pigment Red 254 to the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the following formula (1) is 97: 3 to 85:15.
  • a and B are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, —CF 3 , or —CON (R 1 ) R 2 , and at least one of A and B is —CON (R 1 ) R 2.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen An atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group.
  • Another aspect of the present invention is a color composition containing a colorant, a binder resin, and an organic solvent, wherein the colorant contains the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition.
  • Still another aspect of the invention relates to a color filter comprising a filter segment formed from the color filter coloring composition.
  • a pigment composition for a color filter, a colored composition, and a color filter using the same which have high brightness and high contrast ratio and do not cause crystal precipitation of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment even in a heating process. Can be provided.
  • C. I. Pigment Red 254 is 3,6-bis (4-chlorophenyl) -2,5-dihydropyrrolo [3,4-c] pyrrole-1,4-dione.
  • Diketopyrrolopyrrole Pigment Composition The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition for color filters according to the present invention (hereinafter, “diketopyrrolopyrrole” may be abbreviated as “DPP”) is C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 and a DPP pigment represented by the following formula (1) (hereinafter, referred to as “specific heterodiketopyrrolopyrrole pigment” and sometimes abbreviated as “specific hetero DPP pigment”) are 97 in mass ratio. : 3 to 85:15.
  • specific hetero DPP pigment a plurality of types may be used in combination.
  • a and B are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, —CF 3 , or —CON (R 1 ) R 2 , and at least one of A and B is —CON (R 1 ) R 2.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen An atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms may be linear or branched, and specifically includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, Examples thereof include isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, and tert-butyl group.
  • the alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms may be linear or branched, and specifically includes a methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, isopropoxy group, butoxy group, isobutoxy group, sec-butoxy group, tert- A butoxy group is mentioned.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be linear or branched. Specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, sec -Butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl, icosyl, 1,5-dimethylhexyl, 1,6-dimethylheptyl Group, 2-ethylhexyl group and the like, but are not limited thereto.
  • Examples of the phenyl group which may have a substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, and a sulfamoyl group. And a phenyl group having one or more substituents.
  • the phenyl group may have two or more different types of substituents.
  • the specific hetero DPP pigment includes at least one of a DPP pigment represented by the following formula (1-1) and a DPP pigment represented by the following formula (1-2).
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl. Group.
  • the ratio of Pigment Red 254 to the specific hetero DPP pigment is characterized by being in the range of 97: 3 to 85:15 by mass ratio.
  • the ratio of the specific hetero DPP pigment exceeds 15% by mass, an effect of suppressing crystallization is obtained.
  • the excellent color tone of CI Pigment Red 254 is impaired. This is because the specific hetero DPP pigment is C.I. I. This is because the color tone is inferior to that of Pigment Red 254.
  • the ratio of the specific hetero DPP pigment is less than 3% by mass, the effect of increasing the contrast ratio and suppressing the crystal precipitation is not sufficient.
  • I. Pigment Red 254 can be produced by a succinic diester synthesis method. That is, using 2 mol of 4-chlorobenzonitrile per 1 mol of succinic acid diester, in an inert organic solvent such as tert-amyl alcohol, in the presence of an alkali metal or an alkali metal alkoxide, a high temperature of 80 to 110 ° C. By carrying out a condensation reaction in order to produce an alkali metal salt of the DPP compound, and subsequently protonating the alkali metal salt of the DPP compound with water, alcohol, acid, or the like. I. Pigment Red 254 can be obtained.
  • the size of the primary particle diameter obtained can be controlled by the temperature in protonation, the type, ratio and amount of water, alcohol or acid.
  • C. I. The manufacturing method of the pigment red 254 is not limited to this method. Commercially available C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 may be used.
  • C. I. Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero DPP pigment can be simultaneously produced as a fine particle pigment composition. This can be achieved by using a method using at least two structurally different benzonitrile compounds (hereinafter referred to as “succinic acid diester co-synthesis method”) in the succinic acid diester synthesis method. Specifically, in the method described in Patent Document 5, a plurality of benzonitrile compounds to be used are selected from 4-chlorobenzonitrile and a benzonitrile compound represented by the following formula (2). .
  • a DPP pigment composition containing CI Pigment Red 254 and a specific hetero DPP pigment can be produced.
  • a and B are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, —CF 3 , or —CON (R 1 ) R 2 , and at least one of A and B is —CON (R 1 ) R 2.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen An atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group.
  • C. I. Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero-DPP pigment may be produced separately, but it is desirable to produce a pigment composition by simultaneously synthesizing both by the succinic acid diester co-synthesis method for ease of production. .
  • Succinic acid diester co-synthesis method C.I. I.
  • C.I. I When producing a pigment composition containing CI Pigment Red 254 and a specific hetero DPP pigment, 2 mol of a mixture of 4-chlorobenzonitrile and a benzonitrile compound of the formula (2) is reacted with 1 mol of succinic acid diester. Let At this time, the C.I. I. It is necessary to adjust the mixing ratio (molar ratio) of 4-chlorobenzonitrile and the benzonitrile compound of formula (2) so that the mass ratio of Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero-DPP pigment is 97: 3 to 85:15. There is.
  • the mixing ratio (molar ratio) between 4-chlorobenzonitrile and the benzonitrile compound of formula (2) varies.
  • the mixing ratio (molar ratio) of 4-chlorobenzonitrile and the benzonitrile compound of the formula (2) is about 80:20 to 98: 2. Become a range.
  • a DPP pigment that is, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment containing no p-chlorophenyl group
  • 2 moles of the benzonitrile compound of the formula (2) is reacted with 1 mole of the succinic acid diester
  • the mixing ratio in this range is very small, so there is almost no adverse effect.
  • the reaction ratio of the succinic acid diester to the benzonitrile compound is basically 2 mol of the benzonitrile compound with respect to 1 mol of the succinic acid diester. Using an excess of about 25 mol% of the required molar amount relative to the nitrile compound is effective for improving the yield.
  • the mass ratio between Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero DPP pigment can be determined by analysis using TOF-MASS, FD-MASS, LC-MASS, or NMR.
  • a DPP pigment composition is obtained by stirring at room temperature with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate and 4-dimethylaminopyridine in tetrahydrofuran. It may be determined by analysis using NMR, MASS, LC-MASS or the like after conversion to the DPP compound.
  • the hydrogen of the NH group of the pyrrolopyrrole ring may be substituted with an alkyl group using an alkyl halide or the like and converted into soluble DPP, and then determined by the above analysis.
  • the DPP pigment composition a pigment derivative can be used for the purpose of suppressing pigment crystal growth and improving pigment dispersibility. That is, in one embodiment, the DPP pigment composition further contains a dye derivative.
  • the dye derivative used include quinacridone derivatives, diketopyrrolopyrrole derivatives, benzoisoindole derivatives, anthraquinone derivatives, dianthraquinone derivatives, thiazine indigo derivatives, azo dye derivatives, and quinophthalone derivatives. Multiple types of dye derivatives may be used.
  • the structure of the pigment derivative can be represented by the following formula (3), but the pigment derivative is not limited to those represented by these formulas.
  • P is quinacridone residue, diketopyrrolopyrrole residue, benzoisoindole residue, anthraquinone residue, dianthraquinone residue, thiazineindigo residue, azo dye residue, or quinophthalone residue
  • m is an integer of 1 to 4
  • Each L is independently —OH; —SO 3 H, —COOH, a monovalent to trivalent metal salt of these acidic groups, an alkylammonium salt; a phthalimidomethyl group which may have a substituent; or It is a group represented by any of the following formulas (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f).
  • X is, -SO 2 -, - CO - , - CH 2 -, - CH 2 NHCOCH 2 -, - CH 2 NHSO 2 CH 2 -, or a direct bond
  • Y is —NH—, —O—, —S—, or a direct bond
  • n is an integer of 1 to 10
  • R 3 and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, or R 3 and R 4 together are a heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent, further containing a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an optionally substituted carbon.
  • R 10 is a substituent represented by the formula (a) or the formula (b)
  • R 11 is a chlorine atom, —OH, an alkoxyl group, a substituent represented by the formula (a) or the formula (b)
  • Z is —CONH—, —NHCO—, —SO 2 NH—, or —NHSO 2 —
  • R 12 is a hydrogen atom, —NH 2 , —NHCOCH 3 , —NHR 13 , or a substituent represented by the formula (c), wherein R 13 has 1 to carbon atoms that may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the monovalent to trivalent metal in L in the above formula (3) include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, and aluminum.
  • Alkyl ammonium salts include ammonium salts of long-chain monoalkylamines such as octylamine, laurylamine, or stearylamine, or quaternary compounds such as palmityltrimethylammonium salt, dilauryldimethylammonium salt, or distearyldimethylammonium salt. Examples include alkylammonium salts.
  • the alkyl group which may have a substituent As the phthalimidomethyl group which may have a substituent, the alkyl group which may have a substituent, the alkenyl group which may have a substituent, or the heterocyclic substituent which may have a substituent, A halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, an N-substituted carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, an N-substituted sulfamoyl group, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the like. However, it is not limited to these.
  • the alkyl group and alkenyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the dye derivative is a sulfonation reaction by heating in sulfuric acid or fuming sulfuric acid, a phthalimide methylation reaction in which dehydration condensation is performed with N-hydroxymethylphthalimide in sulfuric acid, and chlorosulfonated using chlorosulfonic acid and thionyl chloride. It is synthesized by a known production method such as sulfonamidation reaction in which an amine component such as dimethylaminopropylamine is reacted.
  • Examples of the amine component used for forming the substituent represented by the above formula (a), formula (b), and formula (c) include dimethylamine, diethylamine, methylethylamine, N, N-ethyl. Isopropylamine, N, N-ethylpropylamine, N, N-methylbutylamine, N, N-methylisobutylamine, N, N-butylethylamine, N, N-tert-butylethylamine, diisopropylamine, dipropylamine, N , N-sec-butylpropylamine, dibutylamine, di-sec-butylamine, diisobutylamine, N, N-isobutyl-sec-butylamine, diamylamine, diisoamylamine, dihexylamine, dicyclohexylamine, di (2-ethylhexyl) ) Amine, dioctylamine, N,
  • the azo dye derivative can also be produced by introducing the substituent into a diazo component or a coupling component in advance and then performing a coupling reaction.
  • the method of using the pigment derivative is to use the DPP pigment composition in a pigment carrier (also referred to as a pigment composition carrier), that is, in a binder resin (in the case of using a resin type dispersant, in a binder resin and a resin type dispersant).
  • a pigment carrier also referred to as a pigment composition carrier
  • a binder resin in the case of using a resin type dispersant, in a binder resin and a resin type dispersant.
  • a method of mixing in water or an organic solvent at the time of pigment production, or a method of adding at the time of salt milling can be mentioned.
  • the method of mixing the pigment derivative in water or an organic solvent at the time of pigment production or the method of adding it at the time of salt milling exhibits the effect of suppressing the crystal growth of the DPP pigment, but exhibits the effect of suppressing the crystal growth.
  • the dye derivative is efficiently adsorbed on the surface of the DPP pigment and does not easily desorb. For this reason, a dye derivative partially having a chemical structure similar to that of the pigment to be used is often selected. For these reasons, dye derivatives having a quinacridone structure, a DPP structure, a thiazine indigo structure, or a benzoisoindole structure are generally effective for DPP pigments.
  • a dye derivative when used, it is required that the color tone of the DPP pigment composition is not impaired as much as possible. From the viewpoint of hue, it is preferable to use a DPP derivative, benzoisoindole derivative, thiazineindigo derivative, azo dye derivative, or quinophthalone derivative that exhibits a yellow or orange color.
  • the compounding amount of the dye derivative is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment in order to sufficiently exhibit the crystal growth inhibiting effect. .
  • the amount of the dye derivative is preferably 40 parts by mass or less and more preferably 35 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. That is, the blending amount of the dye derivative is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 40% by mass with respect to 100% by mass of the pigment, and more preferably in the range of 3 to 35% by mass with respect to 100% by mass of the pigment. is there.
  • DPP derivative As the DPP derivative, specifically, a compound represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6) can be used, but is not limited thereto.
  • benzoisoindole derivatives As the benzoisoindole derivative, specifically, a compound represented by the following formula (7) can be used, but is not limited thereto.
  • anthraquinone derivative Specifically as an anthraquinone derivative, the compound represented by following formula (8) can be used, However, It is not limited to these.
  • dianthraquinone derivatives specifically, a compound represented by the following formula (9) can be used, but is not limited thereto.
  • thiazine indigo derivatives specifically, a compound represented by the following formula (10) can be used, but is not limited thereto.
  • azo dye derivatives specifically, a compound represented by the following formula (11), formula (12), or formula (13) can be used, but is not limited thereto.
  • quinophthalone derivatives specifically, compounds represented by the following formulas (14-1) to (14-13) can be used, but are not limited thereto.
  • the DPP pigment composition according to the present invention preferably has a very fine primary particle diameter, a narrow distribution width, and a sharp particle size distribution.
  • the average primary particle diameter (that is, the average primary particle diameter of each pigment particle (and dye derivative) constituting the pigment composition) obtained by TEM (transmission electron microscope) of the DPP pigment composition is calculated as follows.
  • the thickness is preferably 5 nm or more, and in order to obtain a sufficient contrast ratio, it is preferably 70 nm or less.
  • the more preferable average primary particle diameter is 10 nm or more and 40 nm or less.
  • the average primary particle diameter is in the above range at the stage when the DPP pigment composition is produced by the above synthesis method, it may be used as it is. Otherwise, the pigment is refined and adjusted by a salt milling process or the like. It is desirable to granulate.
  • a salt milling process is preferable for refining the pigment composition.
  • Salt milling is a process in which a mixture of a pigment composition, a water-soluble inorganic salt, and a water-soluble organic solvent is heated using a kneader such as a kneader, two-roll mill, three-roll mill, ball mill, attritor, or sand mill. After mechanically kneading, the water-soluble inorganic salt and the water-soluble organic solvent are removed by washing with water.
  • a kneader such as a kneader, two-roll mill, three-roll mill, ball mill, attritor, or sand mill.
  • the water-soluble inorganic salt works as a crushing aid, and it is thought that the pigment is crushed using the high hardness of the inorganic salt during salt milling, thereby generating an active surface and causing crystal growth. Yes. Therefore, the crushing of the pigment and the crystal growth occur simultaneously during the kneading, and the primary particle diameter of the pigment obtained varies depending on the kneading conditions.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 35 to 150 ° C. in order to promote appropriate and sufficient crystal growth as a color filter colorant.
  • the heating temperature is less than 35 ° C., crystal growth does not occur sufficiently, and the shape of the pigment composition particles may become nearly amorphous.
  • the heating temperature exceeds 150 ° C., crystal growth proceeds.
  • the primary particle size of the pigment composition becomes large, which is not preferable as a colorant for a color filter.
  • the kneading time for the salt milling treatment is preferably 2 to 24 hours from the viewpoint of the balance between the particle size distribution of the primary particles of the salt milling treatment pigment and the cost required for the salt milling treatment.
  • water-soluble inorganic salt used for the salt milling treatment sodium chloride, barium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium sulfate and the like can be used, but sodium chloride (salt) is preferably used from the viewpoint of price.
  • the water-soluble inorganic salt is preferably used in an amount of 50 to 2000 parts by mass, and most preferably 300 to 1200 parts by mass, based on the total amount of pigment (100 parts by mass), from the viewpoint of both processing efficiency and production efficiency.
  • the water-soluble organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it functions to wet the pigment composition and the water-soluble inorganic salt and dissolves (mixes) in water and does not substantially dissolve the inorganic salt to be used.
  • a high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 120 ° C. or higher is preferable from the viewpoint of safety because the temperature rises during salt milling and the solvent is easily evaporated.
  • the water-soluble organic solvent is preferably used in an amount of 5 to 1000 parts by weight, and most preferably 50 to 500 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the pigment composition.
  • a pigment derivative When performing the salt milling treatment, a pigment derivative may be used in combination to improve kneading efficiency, which is very effective for making the pigment composition finer and sized.
  • this pigment derivative the above-mentioned pigment derivatives are preferably used, but are not limited thereto.
  • the amount of the dye derivative used is preferably such that it does not affect the color tone, that is, in the range of 0.5 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment composition.
  • a resin when performing the salt milling treatment, a resin may be added as necessary.
  • the type of resin used is not particularly limited, and natural resins, modified natural resins, synthetic resins, synthetic resins modified with natural resins, and the like can be used.
  • the resin is preferably solid at room temperature, insoluble in water, and more preferably partially soluble in the organic solvent.
  • the amount of resin used is preferably in the range of 5 to 200 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment composition.
  • the DPP pigment composition according to the present invention can be used as a colored composition when used in combination with a binder resin and an organic solvent.
  • This coloring composition is particularly preferably used for a color filter. That is, this coloring composition contains a coloring agent, a binder resin, and an organic solvent, and this coloring agent contains the DPP pigment composition according to the present invention.
  • a colorant other than the DPP pigment composition (other colorant) may be used in combination.
  • the other colorant is a pigment or dye other than the above DPP pigment composition, and is used in combination as necessary for the purpose of adjusting the chromaticity within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention. It may be a component. Multiple other colorants may be used.
  • red dyes examples include xanthene series, azo series (pyridone series, barbituric acid series, metal complex series, etc.), disazo series, and anthraquinone series.
  • xanthene series examples include xanthene series, azo series (pyridone series, barbituric acid series, metal complex series, etc.), disazo series, and anthraquinone series.
  • C.I. I. examples thereof include salt-forming compounds of xanthene acid dyes such as Acid Red 52, 87, 92, 289 and 338.
  • Preferred examples of the colorant used in combination include C.I. I. Pigment red 177, 242 and C.I. I. Pigment yellow 139, 150, 185.
  • the lightness and contrast ratio are excellent in the total amount of the colorant (total amount of the DPP pigment composition and other colorant) (100% by mass).
  • the DPP pigment composition is preferably in the range of 40% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably in the range of 60% by mass to 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the above effects.
  • binder resin examples of the binder resin contained in the coloring composition include conventionally known thermoplastic resins and thermosetting resins. A plurality of types of binder resins may be used.
  • thermoplastic resin examples include acrylic resin, butyral resin, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, chlorinated polyethylene, chlorinated polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinyl acetate, polyurethane resin Polyester resins, vinyl resins, alkyd resins, polystyrene resins, polyamide resins, rubber resins, cyclized rubber resins, celluloses, polyethylene (HDPE, LDPE), polybutadiene, polyimide resins, and the like.
  • a resin having a spectral transmittance of preferably 80% or more, more preferably 95% or more in the entire wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm in the visible light region is preferable.
  • an alkali-soluble vinyl resin copolymerized with an acidic group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer it is preferable to use an energy ray curable resin having an ethylenically unsaturated active double bond.
  • alkali-soluble resin obtained by copolymerizing an acidic group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer examples include resins having an acidic group such as a carboxyl group or a sulfone group.
  • Specific examples of the alkali-soluble resin include an acrylic resin having an acidic group, an ⁇ -olefin / (anhydrous) maleic acid copolymer, a styrene / styrene sulfonic acid copolymer, an ethylene / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, or Examples include isobutylene / (anhydrous) maleic acid copolymer.
  • At least one resin selected from an acrylic resin having an acidic group and a styrene / styrene sulfonic acid copolymer, particularly an acrylic resin having an acidic group, is preferably used because of its high heat resistance and transparency.
  • (meth) acrylic acid refers to both acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and its derivatives are used in the same meaning.
  • Energy ray curable resins having ethylenically unsaturated active double bonds include reactive substitution of isocyanate groups, aldehyde groups, epoxy groups, etc. on polymers having reactive substituents such as hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, amino groups, etc.
  • a resin in which a photo-crosslinkable group such as a (meth) acryloyl group or a styryl group is introduced into the polymer by reacting a (meth) acrylic compound having a group or cinnamic acid is used.
  • a polymer containing an acid anhydride such as a styrene-maleic anhydride copolymer or an ⁇ -olefin-maleic anhydride copolymer is half-treated with a (meth) acrylic compound having a hydroxyl group such as hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate.
  • An esterified product is also used.
  • thermoplastic resin having both alkali-soluble performance and energy ray curing performance is also preferred as the color filter coloring composition.
  • the following are mentioned as a monomer which comprises the said thermoplastic resin. Of these, a plurality of types of monomers may be used.
  • thermosetting resin examples include epoxy resin, benzoguanamine resin, rosin-modified maleic acid resin, rosin-modified fumaric acid resin, melamine resin, urea resin, and phenol resin.
  • an epoxy resin and a melamine resin are used more suitably from a viewpoint of heat resistance improvement.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the binder resin is preferably in the range of 5,000 to 80,000, more preferably in the range of 7,000 to 50,000 in order to disperse the colorant preferably.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably in the range of 2,500 to 40,000, and the value of Mw / Mn is preferably 10 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are obtained by connecting four separation columns in series in the gel permeation chromatography “HLC-8120GPC” manufactured by Tosoh Corporation.
  • HCV-8120GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • This is a polystyrene-equivalent molecular weight measured using “TSK-GEL SUPER H5000”, “H4000”, “H3000”, and “H2000” manufactured by the company and using tetrahydrofuran as the mobile phase.
  • the coloring composition When the coloring composition is used as a coloring composition for a color filter, in the binder resin, a carboxyl group that acts as a pigment adsorbing group and an alkali-soluble group during development, and an aliphatic group that acts as an affinity group for the pigment carrier and solvent And the balance of aromatic groups is important for pigment dispersibility, developability, and durability.
  • a resin having an acid value of 20 to 300 mgKOH / g it is preferable to use a resin having an acid value of 20 to 300 mgKOH / g. If the acid value is less than 20 mgKOH / g, the solubility in the developing solution is poor and fine pattern formation may be difficult, and if it exceeds 300 mgKOH / g, the fine pattern may not remain in development.
  • the amount of the binder resin is preferably 20 parts by mass or more in order to obtain film formability and various resistances based on the total mass of the colorant (that is, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant). In order to ensure the density and color characteristics, the amount is preferably 500 parts by mass or less.
  • the pigment composition is sufficiently dispersed in the pigment composition carrier, and is applied onto a substrate such as a glass substrate so as to have a dry film thickness of 0.2 to 5 ⁇ m to form a filter segment.
  • an organic solvent is included.
  • the organic solvent is selected in consideration of good applicability of the coloring composition, solubility of each component of the coloring composition, and safety.
  • organic solvent examples include ethyl lactate, benzyl alcohol, 1,2,3-trichloropropane, 1,3-butanediol, 1,3-butylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1,4-dioxane.
  • aliphatic hydroxy acid esters such as ethyl lactate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol
  • glycol acetates such as monomethyl ether acetate and ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate
  • aromatic alcohols such as benzyl alcohol
  • alicyclic ketones such as cyclohexanone.
  • the blending amount of the organic solvent is 500, based on the total mass of the colorant as a reference (100 parts by mass) from the viewpoint of adjusting the colored composition to an appropriate viscosity and forming a filter segment having a desired uniform film thickness. It is preferably used in an amount of ⁇ 4000 parts by mass.
  • the coloring composition is C.I. I.
  • a DPP pigment composition containing Pigment Red 254 and a specific hetero DPP pigment in a specific ratio in a colorant carrier comprising the binder resin and an organic solvent, a kneader, a two-roll mill, a three-roll mill, a ball mill, It can be produced by finely dispersing using various dispersing means such as a horizontal sand mill, a vertical sand mill, an annular bead mill, or an attritor.
  • the DPP pigment composition and other colorants may be simultaneously dispersed in the colorant carrier, or those separately dispersed in the colorant carrier may be mixed.
  • a dispersion aid such as a pigment derivative, a resin-type dispersant, and a surfactant may be appropriately contained. Since the dispersion aid has a great effect of preventing re-aggregation of the colorant after dispersion, the color composition obtained by dispersing the colorant in the colorant carrier using the dispersion aid has contrast and viscosity stability. Become good.
  • the resin-type dispersant has a pigment-affinity part having the property of adsorbing to the colorant and a part compatible with the colorant carrier, and adsorbs to the colorant to disperse the colorant to the colorant carrier. It works to stabilize.
  • resin-type dispersants include polycarboxylic acid esters such as polyurethane and polyacrylate, unsaturated polyamides, polycarboxylic acids, polycarboxylic acid (partial) amine salts, polycarboxylic acid ammonium salts, and polycarboxylic acid alkylamine salts.
  • Oil-soluble dispersants such as (meth) acrylic acid-styrene copolymer, (meth) acrylic acid- (meth) acrylic ester copolymer, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, etc.
  • Resin water-soluble polymer, polyester, modified poly Acrylate-based, ethylene oxide / propylene oxide addition compound, phosphate ester-based and the like are used, they can be used alone or in admixture of two or more, not necessarily limited thereto.
  • Anionic surfactants such as triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine stearate, monoethanolamine of styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate;
  • Nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate, polyethylene glycol mono
  • the total amount of the colorant is used as a standard (100 parts by mass), and may be blended in an amount of 0.1 part by mass or more in order to obtain the blending effect. It is preferable to use it in an amount of 55 parts by mass or less in order to obtain appropriate dispersibility. That is, it is preferably 0.1 to 55 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 45 parts by mass.
  • the colored composition of the present invention further contains a photopolymerizable monomer and / or a photopolymerization initiator, and can be used as a photosensitive colored composition.
  • the photosensitive coloring composition is a color filter coloring composition.
  • the photopolymerizable monomer used includes monomers or oligomers that are cured by ultraviolet rays or heat to produce a transparent resin, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the monomer is preferably 5 to 400 parts by mass based on the total weight of the colorant (100 parts by mass), and more preferably 10 to 300 parts by mass from the viewpoint of photocurability and developability. preferable.
  • Examples of monomers and oligomers that are cured by ultraviolet rays or heat to produce a transparent resin include: Methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, ⁇ -carboxyethyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) ) Acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, Pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether di (meth)
  • Photopolymerization initiator When a photosensitive coloring composition is cured by ultraviolet irradiation and a filter segment is formed by a photolithographic method, it can be adjusted in the form of a solvent development type or alkali development type colored resist material by adding a photopolymerization initiator. .
  • photopolymerization initiators can be used alone or as a mixture of two or more at any ratio as required.
  • These photopolymerization initiators are preferably 2 to 200 parts by mass based on the total amount of the colorant in the photosensitive coloring composition (100 parts by mass), and 3 to 3 in terms of photocurability and developability. More preferably, it is 150 parts by mass.
  • the photosensitive coloring composition can further contain a sensitizer.
  • Sensitizers include chalcone derivatives, unsaturated ketones such as dibenzalacetone, 1,2-diketone derivatives such as benzyl and camphorquinone, benzoin derivatives, fluorene derivatives, naphthoquinone derivatives, anthraquinone derivatives , Xanthene derivatives, thioxanthene derivatives, xanthone derivatives, thioxanthone derivatives, coumarin derivatives, ketocoumarin derivatives, cyanine derivatives, merocyanine derivatives, oxonol derivatives and other polymethine dyes, acridine derivatives, azine derivatives, thiazine derivatives, oxazine derivatives, indoline derivatives, Azulene derivatives, azurenium derivatives, squarylium derivatives, porphyrin derivatives, tetraphenyl
  • Two or more sensitizers may be used at an arbitrary ratio as necessary.
  • the blending amount when using the sensitizer is preferably 3 to 60 parts by mass based on the total weight (100 parts by mass) of the photopolymerization initiator contained in the photosensitive coloring composition. From the viewpoints of colorability and developability, it is more preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass.
  • the coloring composition or the photosensitive coloring composition can contain an amine compound that functions to reduce dissolved oxygen.
  • a plurality of types of amine compounds may be used in combination.
  • amine compounds examples include triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-dimethylaminobenzoate.
  • examples include ethyl, 2-ethylhexyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, and N, N-dimethylparatoluidine.
  • Leveling agent In order to improve the leveling property of the composition on the transparent substrate, it is preferable to add a leveling agent to the coloring composition or the photosensitive coloring composition.
  • a leveling agent dimethylsiloxane having a polyether structure or a polyester structure in the main chain is preferable.
  • dimethylsiloxane having a polyether structure in the main chain include FZ-2122 manufactured by Toray Dow Corning, BYK-333 manufactured by BYK Chemie.
  • dimethylsiloxane having a polyester structure in the main chain include BYK-310 and BYK-370 manufactured by BYK Chemie.
  • the leveling agent is preferably used in an amount of 0.003 to 0.5% by mass in the total weight (100% by mass) of the colored composition or the photosensitive colored composition.
  • a leveling agent is a kind of so-called surfactant having a hydrophobic group and a hydrophilic group in the molecule, having a hydrophilic group but low solubility in water, and when added to a coloring composition, It has the feature of low surface tension lowering ability, and also has good wettability to the glass plate even though the surface tension lowering ability is low.
  • those capable of suppressing the chargeability can be preferably used.
  • dimethylpolysiloxane having a polyalkylene oxide unit can be preferably used.
  • the polyalkylene oxide unit include a polyethylene oxide unit and a polypropylene oxide unit, and dimethylpolysiloxane may have both a polyethylene oxide unit and a polypropylene oxide unit.
  • the bonding form of polyalkylene oxide units with dimethylpolysiloxane is as follows: pendant type in which polyalkylene oxide units are bonded in repeating units of dimethylpolysiloxane, terminal-modified type in which the end of dimethylpolysiloxane is bonded, and alternating with dimethylpolysiloxane. Any of a linear block copolymer type bonded repeatedly may be used.
  • Dimethylpolysiloxanes having polyalkylene oxide units are commercially available from Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd., for example, FZ-2110, FZ-2122, FZ-2130, FZ-2166, FZ-2191, FZ-2203, FZ -2207, but is not limited thereto.
  • An anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric surfactant can be supplementarily added to the leveling agent. Two or more kinds of surfactants may be mixed and used.
  • Anionic surfactants added to the leveling agent as auxiliary agents include polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate, alkali salt of styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, sodium alkyl naphthalene sulfonate, alkyl diphenyl ether disulfonic acid Sodium, lauryl sulfate monoethanolamine, lauryl sulfate triethanolamine, ammonium lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine stearate, sodium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine of styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate Examples include esters.
  • Examples of the chaotic surfactant that is supplementarily added to the leveling agent include alkyl quaternary ammonium salts and their ethylene oxide adducts.
  • Nonionic surfactants added to the leveling agent as auxiliary agents include polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate And ether type or ester type surfactants such as polyethylene glycol monolaurate.
  • amphoteric surfactants such as alkylbetaines such as alkyldimethylaminoacetic acid betaine and alkylimidazolines may be used, and fluorine or silicone surfactants may be used.
  • the coloring composition or the photosensitive coloring composition may contain a curing agent and / or a curing accelerator as necessary in order to assist the curing of the thermosetting resin.
  • a curing agent phenolic resins, amine compounds, acid anhydrides, active esters, carboxylic acid compounds, sulfonic acid compounds and the like are effective, but are not particularly limited to these, and thermosetting resins. Any curing agent may be used as long as it can react with the. Among these, a compound having two or more phenolic hydroxyl groups in one molecule and an amine curing agent are preferable. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the curing agent is preferably contained in an amount of 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to the total amount (100 parts by mass) of the thermosetting resin.
  • curing accelerator examples include amine compounds (for example, dicyandiamide, benzyldimethylamine, 4- (dimethylamino) -N, N-dimethylbenzylamine, 4-methoxy-N, N-dimethylbenzylamine, 4-methyl).
  • amine compounds for example, dicyandiamide, benzyldimethylamine, 4- (dimethylamino) -N, N-dimethylbenzylamine, 4-methoxy-N, N-dimethylbenzylamine, 4-methyl).
  • the coloring composition or the photosensitive coloring composition may contain a storage stabilizer in order to stabilize the viscosity with time.
  • adhesion improving agents such as a silane coupling agent, can also be contained.
  • Examples of storage stabilizers include quaternary ammonium chlorides such as benzyltrimethyl chloride and diethylhydroxyamine; organic acids such as lactic acid and oxalic acid and methyl ethers thereof; t-butylpyrocatechol; tetraethylphosphine and tetraphenylphosphine. Organic phosphines; phosphites and the like.
  • the storage stabilizer can be used in an amount of 0.1 to 10 parts by mass based on the total amount of the colorant (based on 100 parts by mass of the colorant).
  • Vinylsilanes such as vinyltris ( ⁇ -methoxyethoxy) silane, vinylethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane; (meth) acrylsilanes such as ⁇ -methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane; ⁇ - (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ - (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) methyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ - (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltriethoxysilane, ⁇ - (3, Epoxy silanes such as 4-epoxycyclohexyl) methyltriethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane; N- ⁇ (aminoethyl) ⁇ -aminopropyl
  • the coloring composition and the photosensitive coloring composition coarse particles having a primary particle size of 5 ⁇ m or more, preferably 1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0, by means of centrifugation, filtration with a sintered filter or a membrane filter, or the like. It is preferable to remove coarse particles of 5 ⁇ m or more and mixed dust.
  • the coloring composition does not substantially contain particles of 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably does not contain particles larger than 0.3 ⁇ m (0.3 ⁇ m or less).
  • Color filter which concerns on this invention has a filter segment formed from the coloring composition containing the DPP type pigment composition which concerns on this invention, or a photosensitive coloring composition. That is, the color filter according to the present invention includes a red filter segment, a green filter segment, and a blue filter segment, and the red filter segment contains a DPP pigment composition according to the present invention or a photosensitive coloring. It is formed from a composition.
  • the green filter segment can be formed using an ordinary green coloring composition containing an arbitrary green pigment and an optional colorant carrier (binder resin and organic solvent, the same applies hereinafter).
  • an optional colorant carrier binder resin and organic solvent, the same applies hereinafter.
  • the green pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, etc. are used.
  • a yellow pigment can be used in combination with the green coloring composition.
  • yellow pigments that can be used in combination include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 147, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181,
  • the blue filter segment can be formed using a normal blue coloring composition containing an arbitrary blue pigment and an arbitrary colorant carrier.
  • blue pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 22, 60, 64, etc. are used.
  • a purple pigment can be used in combination with the blue coloring composition.
  • purple pigments that can be used in combination include C.I. I. And violet pigments such as CI Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 29, 30, 32, 37, 40, 42, and 50.
  • a basic dye exhibiting blue or purple or a salt-forming compound of an acid dye can also be used.
  • a xanthene dye is preferable in terms of heat resistance and lightness.
  • the color filter can be manufactured by a printing method or a photolithography method.
  • the formation of the filter segment by the printing method can be patterned simply by repeating the printing and drying of the coloring composition prepared as the printing ink. Therefore, the color filter manufacturing method is low in cost and excellent in mass productivity. Furthermore, it is possible to print a fine pattern having high dimensional accuracy and smoothness by the development of printing technology. In order to perform printing, it is preferable that the ink is not dried and solidified on the printing plate or on the blanket. Control of ink fluidity on a printing press is also important, and ink viscosity can be adjusted with a dispersant or extender pigment.
  • the colored composition prepared as a solvent developing type or alkali developing type colored resist material is applied on a transparent substrate by spray coating, spin coating, slit coating, roll coating or the like. By the method, it is applied so that the dry film thickness is 0.2 to 5 ⁇ m. If necessary, the dried film is exposed to ultraviolet light through a mask having a predetermined pattern provided in contact with or non-contact with the film. Then, after immersing in a solvent or alkali developer or spraying the developer with a spray or the like to remove uncured parts to form a desired pattern, the same operation is repeated for other colors to produce a color filter. can do. Furthermore, in order to accelerate the polymerization of the colored resist material, heating can be performed as necessary. According to the photolithography method, a color filter with higher accuracy than the above printing method can be manufactured.
  • an aqueous solution such as sodium carbonate or sodium hydroxide is used as an alkali developer, and an organic alkali such as dimethylbenzylamine or triethanolamine can also be used.
  • an antifoamer and surfactant can also be added to a developing solution.
  • a water-soluble or alkaline water-soluble resin such as polyvinyl alcohol or water-soluble acrylic resin is applied and dried to form a film that prevents polymerization inhibition by oxygen. Then, ultraviolet exposure can be performed.
  • the color filter of the present invention can be produced by an electrodeposition method, a transfer method, or the like in addition to the above method, and the colored composition or the photosensitive colored composition according to the present invention can be used in any method.
  • the electrodeposition method is a method for producing a color filter by electrodepositing each color filter segment on a transparent conductive film by electrophoresis of colloidal particles using a transparent conductive film formed on a substrate.
  • the transfer method is a method in which a filter segment is formed in advance on the surface of a peelable transfer base sheet, and this filter segment is transferred to a desired substrate.
  • a black matrix can be formed in advance before forming each color filter segment on a transparent substrate or a reflective substrate.
  • a chromium, chromium / chromium oxide multilayer film, an inorganic film such as titanium nitride, or a resin film in which a light-shielding agent is dispersed is used, but is not limited thereto.
  • a thin film transistor (TFT) may be formed in advance on the transparent substrate or the reflective substrate, and then each color filter segment may be formed.
  • An overcoat film, a transparent conductive film, or the like is formed on the color filter as necessary.
  • part means “part by mass”.
  • a DPP derivative of the formula (6-3) a benzoisoindole derivative of the formula (7-1), an anthraquinone derivative of the formula (8-5), and a formula ( The quinophthalone derivative of 14-1) was used.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the produced pigment composition was measured (calculated) by the following method. Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to the powder of the pigment composition, a small amount of Disperbyk-161 was added as a resin-type dispersant, and the sample for measurement was prepared by treatment with ultrasonic waves for 1 minute. This sample was taken with a transmission (TEM) electron microscope and three photographs (for 3 fields of view) showing the primary particles of 100 or more pigments were taken, and the size of 100 primary particles was measured in order from the upper left. did.
  • TEM transmission
  • the short axis diameter and the long axis diameter of the primary particles of each pigment are measured in nm units, the average is the primary particle diameter of the pigment particles, and a total of 300 distributions are created in increments of 5 nm.
  • a median value in increments of 5 nm was approximated as the particle diameter of those particles, and the number average particle diameter was calculated by calculating based on each particle diameter and the number thereof.
  • the identification of the specific hetero-DPP pigment is performed by using the MALDI mass spectrometer autoflex II (hereinafter referred to as TOF-MS) manufactured by Bruker Daltonics, Inc., with the coincidence between the molecular ion peak of the obtained mass spectrum and the mass number obtained by calculation. Identified.
  • TOF-MS MALDI mass spectrometer autoflex II
  • the m / Z value was 365.09, and it was identified as a specific hetero DPP pigment represented by the formula (1-1a).
  • the following specific hetero DPP compounds were similarly identified for the synthesized products.
  • reaction vessel 1 Into the reaction vessel 1, 66.0 parts of tert-amyl alcohol was added and 10 parts of 60% NaH was added while cooling in a water bath, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C. Next, 60 parts of tert-amyl alcohol, 27.9 parts of the compound of the above formula (15), and 45.7 parts of 4- (octadecylcarbamoyl) benzonitrile are placed in the reaction vessel 2 and dissolved by heating. Over 2 hours. After reacting at 120 ° C.
  • Pigment Composition 1 (R-1) was obtained.
  • the average primary particle size was 29.5 nm.
  • Pigment composition 2 was prepared in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 1 (R-1) except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1a) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1b). (R-2) 96.4 parts were obtained. The average primary particle size was 27.5 nm.
  • Example 3> (Production of Pigment Composition 3 (R-3)) C. I. Except that the mixing ratio of Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero-DPP pigment of the formula (1-1c) was changed to 97/3 (mass ratio), it was carried out in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 1 (R-1). 97.2 parts of pigment composition 3 (R-3) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 30.2 nm.
  • Pigment composition 4 was prepared in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 1 (R-1), except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1a) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1c). 95.8 parts of (R-4) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 26.9 nm.
  • Example 5 (Production of Pigment Composition 5 (R-5)) C.
  • Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1c) were used in the same manner as in the preparation of Pigment Composition 1 (R-1) except that 100 parts of a 90/10 (mass ratio) mixture was used. 95.2 parts of composition 5 (R-5) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 25.2 nm.
  • Example 6> (Production of Pigment Composition 6 (R-6)) C.
  • Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1c) were used in the same manner as in the production of Pigment Composition 1 (R-1) except that 100 parts of a 85/15 (mass ratio) mixture was used. 96.2 parts of composition 6 (R-6) were obtained.
  • the average primary particle size was 27.7 nm.
  • Pigment composition 7 was prepared in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 1 (R-1) except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1a) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1d). 97.8 parts of (R-7) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 25.9 nm.
  • Example 8> (Production of Pigment Composition 8 (R-8)) Except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1c) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1d), the same procedure as in the production of the pigment composition 6 (R-6) was carried out, and a pigment composition 8 95.7 parts of (R-8) was obtained.
  • the average primary particle size was 28.9 nm.
  • Pigment composition 9 was carried out in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 1 (R-1) except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1a) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1g). 96.4 parts of (R-9) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 32.5 nm.
  • Pigment composition 10 was prepared in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 1 (R-1) except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1a) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1h). 97.2 parts of (R-10) were obtained. The average primary particle size was 28.5 nm.
  • Pigment composition 11 was prepared in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 6 (R-6) except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1c) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1h). 96.5 parts of (R-11) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 26.9 nm.
  • Example 12 (Production of Pigment Composition 12 (R-12)) Except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1a) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-2c), the same procedure as in the production of the pigment composition 1 (R-1) was carried out. 95.9 parts of (R-12) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 31.2 nm.
  • Example 13> (Production of Pigment Composition 13 (R-13)) Except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1a) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-2d), the same procedure as in the production of the pigment composition 1 (R-1) was carried out, and the pigment composition 13 96.6 parts of (R-13) was obtained.
  • the average primary particle size was 32.7 nm.
  • Example 14> (Production of Pigment Composition 14 (R-14)) Except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1a) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-2e), the same procedure as in the production of the pigment composition 1 (R-1) was carried out. 97.3 parts of (R-14) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 30.9 nm.
  • Example 15> (Production of Pigment Composition 15 (R-15)) C.
  • 100 parts of a 95/5 (mass ratio) mixture of CI Pigment Red 254 and a specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1c), 3.0 parts of a pigment derivative of a benzoisoindole derivative of formula (7-1), sodium chloride 1000 parts and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were charged into a 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho) and kneaded at 60 ° C. for 10 hours. Next, the kneaded mixture is poured into warm water, stirred for 1 hour while heating to about 80 ° C.
  • pigment composition 15 (R-15) was obtained.
  • the average primary particle size was 24.1 nm.
  • Example 16> (Production of Pigment Composition 16 (R-16)) To a stainless steel reaction vessel equipped with a reflux tube, 200 parts of tert-amyl alcohol dehydrated with molecular sieves and 140 parts of sodium tert-amyl alkoxide are added in a nitrogen atmosphere, and heated to 100 ° C. with stirring to obtain an alcoholate solution. Prepared. Meanwhile, 88 parts of diisopropyl succinate, 110.1 parts of 4-chlorobenzonitrile and 11.2 parts of the benzonitrile compound of the formula (2-1c) are added to a glass flask and heated to 90 ° C. with stirring. Dissolved to prepare solutions of these mixtures.
  • the heated solution of the mixture was slowly dropped into the alcoholate solution heated to 100 ° C. at a constant rate over 2 hours with vigorous stirring. After completion of the dropwise addition, heating and stirring were continued at 90 ° C. for 2 hours to obtain an alkali metal salt of a DPP compound. Further, 600 parts of methanol, 600 parts of water, and 304 parts of acetic acid were added to a glass jacketed reaction vessel, and cooled to ⁇ 10 ° C. While rotating the shear disk having a diameter of 8 cm at 4000 rpm using a high-speed stirring disperser, the cooled mixture was cooled to 75 ° C., and the previously obtained alkali metal salt solution of the DPP compound was Small portions were added.
  • the rate of addition of the alkali metal salt of the DPP compound at 75 ° C. is adjusted while cooling so that the temperature of the mixture of methanol, acetic acid and water is always kept at ⁇ 5 ° C. or lower. While being added in small portions over approximately 120 minutes.
  • red crystals were precipitated to form a red suspension.
  • the obtained red suspension was washed with an ultrafiltration device at 5 ° C. and then filtered to obtain a red paste. This paste was re-dispersed in 3500 parts of methanol cooled to 0 ° C. to make a suspension with a methanol concentration of about 90%, and stirred at 5 ° C.
  • pigment composition 16 (R-16) were obtained in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 1 (R-1) except that 100.0 parts of the obtained DPP pigment composition was used. It was.
  • the average primary particle size was 26.5 nm.
  • Pigment composition 17 (R-17) 97.3 parts were obtained in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 1 (R-1) except that 100.0 parts of Pigment Red 254 was used alone.
  • the average primary particle size was 33.9 nm.
  • Pigment composition 19 (R-19) C.
  • Pigment composition was prepared in the same manner as in Pigment Composition 1 (R-1) except that 100 parts of a 30/70 (mass ratio) mixture of CI Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1c) was used. 95.8 parts of product 19 (R-19) were obtained. The average primary particle size was 38.8 nm.
  • DPP pigment compositions 1 to 23 are shown in Table 1. “PR254” described in Table 1 is C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 is meant.
  • Manufacture of other pigments (Manufacture of dianthraquinone pigment 1 (PR177-1)) 90 parts of a dianthraquinone pigment (CI Pigment Red 177), 900 parts of sodium chloride and 110 parts of diethylene glycol were charged into a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho) and kneaded at 60 ° C. for 10 hours. Next, the kneaded mixture is poured into warm water, stirred for 1 hour while heating to about 80 ° C. to form a slurry, filtered and washed with water to remove salt and diethylene glycol, and then dried at 80 ° C. overnight for grinding. As a result, 85.0 parts of anthraquinone pigment 1 (PR177-1) were obtained. The average primary particle size was 38.2 nm.
  • an acrylic resin solution 2 was prepared.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 18000.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is a polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • Example 33> (Preparation of colored composition 17 (RP-17)) A colored composition 17 (RP-17) was produced in the same manner as the colored composition 1 (RP-1) except that a mixture having the following composition was used.
  • DPP pigment composition 4 (R-4) 11.0 parts DPP dye derivative of formula (6-3) 1.0 part Resin-type dispersant (BYK161, 30% solution manufactured by BYK Chemie) 6.0 parts Acrylic Resin solution 1 31.0 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 51.0 parts
  • a coloring composition 25 (RP-25) for toning was prepared in the same manner as the coloring composition 1 (RP-1) except that the mixture having the following composition was used.
  • Dianthraquinone pigment (PR177-1) 10.8 parts
  • Anthraquinone dye derivative of formula (8-5) 1.2 parts
  • Acrylic resin solution 1 40.0 parts
  • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 48.0 parts
  • Coloring composition 1 (RP-1) 38.1 parts Coloring composition 25 (RP-25) 3.9 parts Acrylic resin solution 2 13.2 parts Photopolymerizable monomer (“Aronix M400” manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 2.8 parts Photopolymerization initiator (“Irgacure 907” manufactured by Ciba Japan) 2.0 parts Sensitizer (“EAB-F” manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.4 part Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 39. 6 copies
  • Coloring composition 1 was changed to coloring compositions 2 to 17 (RP-2 to 17), and further, coloring compositions 2 to 17 (RP-2 to 17) and coloring composition 25 (RP-25) ) was changed in the same manner as in Example 34 except that the ratio was changed within 42 parts of the total amount of the colored composition.
  • Photosensitive colored compositions 2 to 17 (RP-2 to 17) were produced.
  • the ratio of composition 25 (RP-25) was changed.
  • the light emitted from the backlight unit for liquid crystal display is polarized through the polarizing plate, passes through the dried coating film of the colored composition applied on the glass substrate, and reaches the polarizing plate. If the polarizing planes of the polarizing plate and the polarizing plate are parallel, light is transmitted through the polarizing plate, but if the polarizing plane is perpendicular, the light is blocked by the polarizing plate.
  • the polarized light is polarized when the polarizing plate is parallel.
  • the amount of light transmitted through the plate is reduced and the polarizing plate is perpendicular, a part of the light is transmitted through the polarizing plate. This transmitted light was measured as the luminance on the polarizing plate, and the ratio (contrast ratio) between the luminance when the polarizing plate was parallel and the luminance when it was orthogonal was calculated.
  • Example 34 In the comparison of Example 34, Example 35, Example 37, Example 40, Example 42, and Example 43, it has a substituent that can be expected to have a steric hindrance effect such as an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms or a phenyl group. This was found to be more effective in increasing the contrast ratio and suppressing crystal precipitation.
  • Example 37 In the comparison between Example 37 and Example 49, a pigment composition produced by a succinic acid diester co-synthesis method and C.I. I. It was found that the same effect was obtained with a pigment composition prepared by separately synthesizing Pigment Red 254 and a specific hetero DPP pigment and mixing them during the salt milling treatment.
  • Green coloring composition 1 (GP-1)
  • the mixture having the composition shown below was uniformly stirred and mixed, dispersed with picomil for 8 hours using zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.1 mm, filtered through a 5 ⁇ m filter, and green colored composition 1 (GP-1) was made.
  • Green pigment (CI Pigment Green 36) 6.8 parts
  • Yellow pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 150) 5.2 parts
  • Resin type dispersant ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan) 1.0 part Acrylic resin Solution 1 35.0 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 52.0 parts
  • Green coloring composition 1 (GP-1) 42.0 parts Acrylic resin solution 2 13.2 parts Photopolymerizable monomer (“Aronix M400” manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 2.8 parts Photopolymerization initiator (Ciba Japan) "Irgacure 907" manufactured by the company) 2.0 parts Sensitizer ("EAB-F” manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.4 parts 39.6 parts ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • Blue coloring composition 1 (BP-1) 34.0 parts Acrylic resin solution 2 15.2 parts Photopolymerizable monomer (“Aronix M400” manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 3.3 parts Photopolymerization initiator (Ciba Japan) "Irgacure 907” manufactured by the company) 2.0 parts Sensitizer ("EAB-F” manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.4 parts 45.1 parts ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • the coating was irradiated with 300 mJ / cm 2 of ultraviolet rays through a photomask using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp.
  • spray development was performed with an alkaline developer composed of a 0.2% by weight aqueous sodium carbonate solution to remove unexposed portions, followed by washing with ion-exchanged water.
  • the substrate was heated at 230 ° C. for 20 minutes to obtain a red filter segment. Formed.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

A diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition for a color filter, comprising C.I. pigment red 254 and a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by formula (1) at a ratio of 97:3-85:15 by mass. (In formula (1), A and B independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, wherein A and/or B represents -CON(R1)R2; and R1 and R2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1-20 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group which may have a substituent.)

Description

カラーフィルタ用顔料組成物、着色組成物、およびカラーフィルタColor filter pigment composition, coloring composition, and color filter
 本発明は、カラー液晶表示装置、およびカラー撮像管素子等に用いられるカラーフィルタの製造に使用されるカラーフィルタ用顔料組成物、着色組成物、およびそれを用いて形成されるカラーフィルタに関するものである。 The present invention relates to a color liquid crystal display device, a color filter pigment composition for use in the production of a color filter used in a color image pickup tube element, a color composition, and a color filter formed using the same. is there.
 液晶表示装置は、2枚の偏光板に挟まれた液晶層が、1枚目の偏光板を通過した光の偏光度合いを制御して、2枚目の偏光板を通過する光量をコントロールすることにより表示を行う表示装置であり、ツイストネマチック(TN)型液晶を用いるタイプが主流となっている。この2枚の偏光板の間にカラーフィルタを設けることによりカラー表示が可能となり、近年、テレビやパソコンモニタ等に用いられるようになったことから、カラーフィルタに対して高明度化、高コントラスト比化、高色再現性の要求が高まっている。 In the liquid crystal display device, a liquid crystal layer sandwiched between two polarizing plates controls the amount of light passing through the first polarizing plate by controlling the degree of polarization of light passing through the first polarizing plate. The type using twisted nematic (TN) type liquid crystal is the mainstream. By providing a color filter between the two polarizing plates, color display is possible, and in recent years it has come to be used in televisions, personal computer monitors, etc., so that the color filter has higher brightness, higher contrast ratio, The demand for high color reproducibility is increasing.
 カラーフィルタは、ガラス等の透明な基板の表面に2種以上の異なる色相の微細な帯(ストライプ)状のフィルタセグメントを平行又は交差して配置したもの、あるいは微細なフィルタセグメントを縦横一定の配列で配置したものからなっている。一般的に赤、緑、および青の3色のフィルタセグメントから形成されることが多く、これら各セグメントは、数ミクロン~数100ミクロンと微細であり、しかも色相毎に所定の配列で整然と配置されている。 A color filter is a surface of a transparent substrate such as glass, in which two or more kinds of fine band (striped) filter segments of different hues are arranged in parallel or crossing each other, or fine filter segments are arranged vertically and horizontally. It is made up of those arranged in In general, it is often formed from filter segments of three colors of red, green, and blue. Each of these segments is as fine as several microns to several hundreds of microns, and is arranged in a predetermined arrangement for each hue. ing.
 一般的にカラー液晶表示装置では、カラーフィルタの上に、液晶を駆動させるための透明電極が蒸着あるいはスパッタリングにより形成され、さらにその上に液晶を一定方向に配向させるための配向膜が形成されている。これらの透明電極および配向膜の性能を充分に得るには、カラーフィルタを形成する製造工程において、一般に200℃以上、好ましくは230℃以上の高温処理が必要である。このため、現在、カラーフィルタの製造方法では、耐光性、耐熱性に優れる顔料を着色剤とする顔料分散法と呼ばれる方法が主流となっている。 In general, in a color liquid crystal display device, a transparent electrode for driving liquid crystal is formed on a color filter by vapor deposition or sputtering, and an alignment film for aligning liquid crystal in a certain direction is further formed thereon. Yes. In order to sufficiently obtain the performance of these transparent electrodes and alignment films, a high temperature treatment of generally 200 ° C. or higher, preferably 230 ° C. or higher is required in the production process for forming the color filter. For this reason, at present, a method called a pigment dispersion method using a pigment having excellent light resistance and heat resistance as a colorant is mainly used as a method for producing a color filter.
 顔料分散法において、赤色フィルタセグメントには、着色剤としてジケトピロロピロール系顔料、アントラキノン系顔料、ペリレン系顔料またはジスアゾ系顔料等の耐光性および耐熱性に優れる顔料を単独または組み合わせて用いることが一般的である。 In the pigment dispersion method, a pigment having excellent light resistance and heat resistance, such as a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a perylene pigment or a disazo pigment, may be used alone or in combination for the red filter segment. It is common.
 ジケトピロロピロール系顔料の中でも、C.I.ピグメントレッド254は特に明度に優れる顔料であるため、カラーフィルタ用途として使用されている。近年、カラーフィルタに対する高コントラスト比化の要望が強く、そのためにはジケトピロロピロール系顔料の一次粒子径をできるかぎり微細化する必要がある。しかし、微細化されたジケトピロロピロール系顔料は、その分子間水素結合によって、結晶成長し易いという性質を有するため、カラーフィルタを形成する際の加熱工程において結晶化が起こり、異物が発生してしまうことが問題となっている。 Among the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 is a pigment having particularly high brightness, and is therefore used as a color filter. In recent years, there has been a strong demand for a high contrast ratio for color filters. For this purpose, it is necessary to make the primary particle size of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments as fine as possible. However, since the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments that have been refined have the property of being easy to grow crystals due to their intermolecular hydrogen bonds, crystallization occurs in the heating process when forming the color filter, and foreign matter is generated. Is a problem.
 ところで、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料は、特許文献1および特許文献2に開示される製法(以下、「コハク酸エステル合成法」と呼ぶ)によって得ることができる。コハク酸エステル合成法において、原料として複数のニトリル化合物を用いて少なくとも2種の構造的に異なるジケトピロロピロール顔料の混合物を得る方法は、特許文献1および特許文献2、ならびに特許文献3に開示されている。しかし、これらの文献にはカラーフィルタ用途への適性については一切記載されていない。 Incidentally, the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment can be obtained by the production method disclosed in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 (hereinafter referred to as “succinic acid ester synthesis method”). Methods for obtaining a mixture of at least two structurally different diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments using a plurality of nitrile compounds as raw materials in the succinate synthesis method are disclosed in Patent Document 1, Patent Document 2, and Patent Document 3 Has been. However, these documents do not describe any suitability for color filter applications.
 特許文献4には、原料として複数の特定構造式のニトリル化合物を用いたコハク酸エステル合成法によって得られた、少なくとも2種の構造的に異なるジケトピロロピロール顔料の混合物をカラーフィルタに使用することが記載されているが、カラーフィルタ用途での有用性について明細書に具体的かつ十分な記載がなされていない。 In Patent Document 4, a mixture of at least two structurally different diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments obtained by a succinate synthesis method using a nitrile compound having a plurality of specific structural formulas as a raw material is used for a color filter. However, there is no specific and sufficient description in the specification regarding the usefulness in color filter applications.
 特許文献5、6には、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料(主にC.I.ピグメントレッド254)と、少なくとも一つの特定構造式のジケトピロロピロール化合物とを併用することにより、高いコントラスト比であり且つ加熱工程による結晶析出が抑制されたカラーフィルタ用着色組成物の提案、開示がされている。特許文献7にも、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料を用いたカラーフィルタ用顔料分散組成物が記載されている。 In Patent Documents 5 and 6, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (mainly CI Pigment Red 254) and a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound having at least one specific structural formula are used in combination with a high contrast ratio. There has been proposed and disclosed a coloring composition for a color filter which is present and suppresses crystal precipitation due to a heating process. Patent Document 7 also describes a pigment dispersion composition for a color filter using a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment.
特開昭58-210084号公報JP 58-210084 A 特開平07-90189号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 07-90189 特開昭61-120861号公報JP-A-61-120861 特表2007-514798号公報Special table 2007-514798 gazette WO2009/081930号パンフレットWO2009 / 081930 pamphlet 特開2009-149707号公報JP 2009-149707 A WO2009/144115号パンフレットWO2009 / 144115 pamphlet
 しかし、上記従来技術においては、明度、コントラスト比、および結晶析出抑制において、カラーフィルタ用途として求められる、バランスの取れた性能が得られないという問題があった。
 本発明は、高明度かつ高コントラスト比であって、加熱工程によってもジケトピロロピロール系顔料の結晶析出が起こらないカラーフィルタ用顔料組成物、着色組成物、およびそれを用いたカラーフィルタを提供することを課題とする。
However, the above-described prior art has a problem that the balanced performance required for color filter use cannot be obtained in terms of brightness, contrast ratio, and crystal precipitation suppression.
The present invention provides a pigment composition for a color filter, a coloring composition, and a color filter using the same, which have a high brightness and a high contrast ratio and do not cause crystal precipitation of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment even in a heating process. The task is to do.
 本発明者らは、C.I.ピグメントレッド254とその他のジケトピロロピロール顔料の様々な組み合わせを検討した結果、ある特定の、非対称に置換基が導入された顔料構造のジケトピロロピロール顔料を、C.I.ピグメントレッド254に対し特定の比率で含む顔料組成物が、上記課題を達成するのに非常に優れていることを見出し、本発明に至った。 The present inventors have described C.I. I. As a result of studying various combinations of CI Pigment Red 254 and other diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, a specific diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment having a pigment structure in which a substituent is introduced asymmetrically is obtained. I. The present inventors have found that a pigment composition contained in a specific ratio with respect to CI Pigment Red 254 is very excellent in achieving the above-described problems, and have reached the present invention.
 即ち、本発明は、C.I.ピグメントレッド254、および、下記式(1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料を含有し、C.I.ピグメントレッド254と下記式(1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料の質量比が97:3~85:15であることを特徴とするカラーフィルタ用ジケトピロロピロール系顔料組成物に関する。 That is, the present invention relates to C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 and a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the following formula (1), C.I. I. The present invention relates to a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition for color filters, wherein the mass ratio of Pigment Red 254 to the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the following formula (1) is 97: 3 to 85:15.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(式(1)中、AおよびBは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシル基、シアノ基、-CF、または-CON(R)Rであり、AおよびBのうち少なくとも1つは、-CON(R)Rである。RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、または置換基を有してもよいフェニル基である。) (In the formula (1), A and B are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, —CF 3 , or —CON (R 1 ) R 2 , and at least one of A and B is —CON (R 1 ) R 2. R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen An atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group.)
 別の本発明は、着色剤、バインダー樹脂、および有機溶剤を含有する着色組成物であって、着色剤が上記ジケトピロロピロール系顔料組成物を含有することを特徴とするカラーフィルタ用着色組成物に関する。 Another aspect of the present invention is a color composition containing a colorant, a binder resin, and an organic solvent, wherein the colorant contains the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition. Related to things.
 さらに別の本発明は、上記カラーフィルタ用着色組成物から形成されるフィルタセグメントを具備することを特徴とするカラーフィルタに関する。 Still another aspect of the invention relates to a color filter comprising a filter segment formed from the color filter coloring composition.
 本発明によれば、高明度かつ高コントラスト比であって、加熱工程によってもジケトピロロピロール系顔料の結晶析出が起こらないカラーフィルタ用顔料組成物、着色組成物、およびそれを用いたカラーフィルタを提供することができる。 According to the present invention, a pigment composition for a color filter, a colored composition, and a color filter using the same, which have high brightness and high contrast ratio and do not cause crystal precipitation of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment even in a heating process. Can be provided.
 以下、好ましい実施形態に基づき本発明を詳細に説明する。
 以下に挙げる「C.I.」とは、カラーインデックス(C.I.)を意味する。
 C.I.ピグメントレッド254は、3,6-ビス(4-クロロフェニル)-2,5-ジヒドロピロロ[3,4-c]ピロール-1,4-ジオンである。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail based on preferred embodiments.
The following “CI” means a color index (CI).
C. I. Pigment Red 254 is 3,6-bis (4-chlorophenyl) -2,5-dihydropyrrolo [3,4-c] pyrrole-1,4-dione.
1.ジケトピロロピロール系顔料組成物
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用ジケトピロロピロール系顔料組成物(以下、「ジケトピロロピロール」を「DPP」と略記することもある。)は、C.I.ピグメントレッド254と下記式(1)で表されるDPP顔料(以下、「特定ヘテロジケトピロロピロール顔料」と称し、「特定ヘテロDPP顔料」と略記することもある。)を、質量比で97:3~85:15の範囲で含有することを特徴とする。
 この特定ヘテロDPP顔料として、複数種を組み合わせて使用してもよい。
1. Diketopyrrolopyrrole Pigment Composition The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition for color filters according to the present invention (hereinafter, “diketopyrrolopyrrole” may be abbreviated as “DPP”) is C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 and a DPP pigment represented by the following formula (1) (hereinafter, referred to as “specific heterodiketopyrrolopyrrole pigment” and sometimes abbreviated as “specific hetero DPP pigment”) are 97 in mass ratio. : 3 to 85:15.
As the specific hetero DPP pigment, a plurality of types may be used in combination.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

(式(1)中、AおよびBは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシル基、シアノ基、-CF、または-CON(R)Rであり、AおよびBのうち少なくとも1つは、-CON(R)Rである。RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、または置換基を有してもよいフェニル基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

(In the formula (1), A and B are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, —CF 3 , or —CON (R 1 ) R 2 , and at least one of A and B is —CON (R 1 ) R 2. R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen An atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group.)
 式(1)中、AおよびBにおいて、炭素数1~4のアルキル基としては、直鎖状でも分岐状でもよく、具体的にはメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基が挙げられる。 In formula (1), in A and B, the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms may be linear or branched, and specifically includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, Examples thereof include isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, and tert-butyl group.
 炭素数1~4のアルコキシル基としては、直鎖状でも分岐状でもよく、具体的にはメトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、ブトキシ基、イソブトキシ基、sec-ブトキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基が挙げられる。 The alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms may be linear or branched, and specifically includes a methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, isopropoxy group, butoxy group, isobutoxy group, sec-butoxy group, tert- A butoxy group is mentioned.
 RおよびRにおいて、炭素数1~20のアルキル基としては、直鎖状でも分岐状でもよく、具体的にはメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、オクタデシル基、イコシル基、1,5-ジメチルヘキシル基、1,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 In R 1 and R 2 , the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be linear or branched. Specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, sec -Butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl, icosyl, 1,5-dimethylhexyl, 1,6-dimethylheptyl Group, 2-ethylhexyl group and the like, but are not limited thereto.
 置換基を有してもよいフェニル基としては、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシル基、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基などの1以上の置換基を有するフェニル基が挙げられる。フェニル基は、異なる種類の2以上の置換基を有していてもよい。より具体的には、フェニル基、p-メチルフェニル基、4-tert-ブチルフェニル基、p-ニトロフェニル基、p-メトキシフェニル基、p-クロロフェニル基、2-メチル-3-クロロフェニル基、2,4-ジクロロフェニル基、3-カルバモイルフェニル基、2-クロロ-4-カルバモイルフェニル基、2-メチル-4-カルバモイルフェニル基、2-メトキシ-4-カルバモイルフェニル基、2-クロロ-5-カルバモイルフェニル基、2-メチル-5-カルバモイルフェニル基等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Examples of the phenyl group which may have a substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, and a sulfamoyl group. And a phenyl group having one or more substituents. The phenyl group may have two or more different types of substituents. More specifically, a phenyl group, p-methylphenyl group, 4-tert-butylphenyl group, p-nitrophenyl group, p-methoxyphenyl group, p-chlorophenyl group, 2-methyl-3-chlorophenyl group, 2 , 4-dichlorophenyl group, 3-carbamoylphenyl group, 2-chloro-4-carbamoylphenyl group, 2-methyl-4-carbamoylphenyl group, 2-methoxy-4-carbamoylphenyl group, 2-chloro-5-carbamoylphenyl Group, 2-methyl-5-carbamoylphenyl group and the like, but are not limited thereto.
 好ましい実施形態において、特定ヘテロDPP顔料は、下記式(1-1)で表されるDPP顔料、および、下記式(1-2)で表されるDPP顔料のいずれか一方を少なくとも含む。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

(式(1-1)および式(1-2)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、または置換基を有してもよいフェニル基である。)
In a preferred embodiment, the specific hetero DPP pigment includes at least one of a DPP pigment represented by the following formula (1-1) and a DPP pigment represented by the following formula (1-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

(In Formula (1-1) and Formula (1-2), R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl. Group.)
 以下にさらに具体的に、特定ヘテロジケトピロロピロール顔料の例を挙げるが、これらに限定されるものではない。以下の例示化合物は、上記式(1-1)および式(1-2)に含まれない化合物も含み、それらを式(1-3a)~(1-3f)として示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Specific examples of the specific heterodiketopyrrolopyrrole pigment will be given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. The following exemplary compounds include compounds not included in the above formulas (1-1) and (1-2), which are shown as formulas (1-3a) to (1-3f).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 特定ヘテロDPP顔料において、式(1-1b)、式(1-1c)、式(1-1d)、式(1-1f)、式(1-1g)、式(1-1h)、式(1-2b)、式(1-2c)、式(1-2d)、または式(1-2e)などの炭素数4以上のアルキル基が置換したカルバモイル基、またはフェニル基が置換したカルバモイル基を有するものが、コントラスト比および結晶析出抑制効果の点から好ましい。式(1)中のRおよびRは、一方が炭素数4~20のアルキル基、またはフェニル基であり、他方が水素原子であることが、一層好ましい。 In the specific hetero DPP pigment, the formula (1-1b), formula (1-1c), formula (1-1d), formula (1-1f), formula (1-1g), formula (1-1h), formula ( 1-2b), a carbamoyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms such as formula (1-2c), formula (1-2d), or formula (1-2e), or a carbamoyl group substituted with a phenyl group. It is preferable from the viewpoint of the contrast ratio and the effect of suppressing crystal precipitation. More preferably, one of R 1 and R 2 in the formula (1) is an alkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, and the other is a hydrogen atom.
 本発明において、C.I.ピグメントレッド254と特定ヘテロDPP顔料の比率は、質量比で97:3~85:15の範囲であることを特徴とする。特定ヘテロDPP顔料の比率が15質量%を超えると、結晶析出抑制効果は得られるが、C.I.ピグメントレッド254の優れた色調を損なってしまう。これは、特定ヘテロDPP顔料が、C.I.ピグメントレッド254より色調が劣っていることに起因する。一方、特定ヘテロDPP顔料の比率が3質量%未満では、高コントラスト比化および結晶析出抑制効果が十分ではない。結晶析出抑制効果が十分でない場合、加熱工程で塗膜表面に析出した結晶状異物によって光散乱が起こり、明度およびコントラスト比の低下を引き起こす。したがって、上記質量比範囲で特定の2顔料が混合されたDPP系顔料組成物を使用することにより、高明度かつ高コントラスト比を達成し、加熱工程によってもDPP系顔料の結晶析出を抑制することができる。 In the present invention, C.I. I. The ratio of Pigment Red 254 to the specific hetero DPP pigment is characterized by being in the range of 97: 3 to 85:15 by mass ratio. When the ratio of the specific hetero DPP pigment exceeds 15% by mass, an effect of suppressing crystallization is obtained. I. The excellent color tone of CI Pigment Red 254 is impaired. This is because the specific hetero DPP pigment is C.I. I. This is because the color tone is inferior to that of Pigment Red 254. On the other hand, when the ratio of the specific hetero DPP pigment is less than 3% by mass, the effect of increasing the contrast ratio and suppressing the crystal precipitation is not sufficient. When the crystal precipitation suppressing effect is not sufficient, light scattering occurs due to the crystalline foreign matter deposited on the surface of the coating film in the heating step, causing a decrease in brightness and contrast ratio. Therefore, by using a DPP pigment composition in which two specific pigments are mixed in the above mass ratio range, a high brightness and a high contrast ratio are achieved, and crystal precipitation of the DPP pigment is suppressed even in the heating step. Can do.
(ジケトピロロピロール系顔料組成物の製造法)
 C.I.ピグメントレッド254は、コハク酸ジエステル合成法で製造することができる。すなわち、コハク酸ジエステル1モルに対して4-クロロベンゾニトリル2モルを用い、tert-アミルアルコール等の不活性有機溶剤中で、アルカリ金属またはアルカリ金属アルコキシドの存在下において、80~110℃の高温で縮合反応を行い、DPP化合物のアルカリ金属塩を生成させ、続いて、このDPP化合物のアルカリ金属塩を、水、アルコール、酸等を用いてプロトン化することにより、C.I.ピグメントレッド254を得ることができる。このとき、プロトン化における温度、水、アルコールまたは酸の種類、比率や量により、得られる一次粒子径の大きさを制御することができる。
 C.I.ピグメントレッド254の製造方法は、この方法に限定されるものではない。市販のC.I.ピグメントレッド254を使用しても良い。
(Method for producing diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition)
C. I. Pigment Red 254 can be produced by a succinic diester synthesis method. That is, using 2 mol of 4-chlorobenzonitrile per 1 mol of succinic acid diester, in an inert organic solvent such as tert-amyl alcohol, in the presence of an alkali metal or an alkali metal alkoxide, a high temperature of 80 to 110 ° C. By carrying out a condensation reaction in order to produce an alkali metal salt of the DPP compound, and subsequently protonating the alkali metal salt of the DPP compound with water, alcohol, acid, or the like. I. Pigment Red 254 can be obtained. At this time, the size of the primary particle diameter obtained can be controlled by the temperature in protonation, the type, ratio and amount of water, alcohol or acid.
C. I. The manufacturing method of the pigment red 254 is not limited to this method. Commercially available C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 may be used.
 特定ヘテロDPP顔料は、例えば文献Synth.Commun., 1988,18,1213およびTetrahedron, 58(2002)5547-5565に記載された方法を用いて合成することができる。特定ヘテロDPP顔料の製造方法は、この方法に限定されるものではない。 Specific hetero DPP pigments are described in, for example, the document Synth. Commun. , 1988, 18, 1213 and Tetrahedron, 58 (2002) 5547-5565. The method for producing the specific hetero DPP pigment is not limited to this method.
 C.I.ピグメントレッド254と特定ヘテロDPP顔料とを、同時に、微細な粒子の顔料組成物として製造することもできる。これは、コハク酸ジエステル合成法において、少なくとも2種の構造的に異なるベンゾニトリル化合物を用いる方法(以下、「コハク酸ジエステル共合成法」と称す。)を利用することで可能となる。具体的には、上記特許文献5に記載されている方法において、使用する複数のベンゾニトリル化合物を、4-クロロベンゾニトリルと下記式(2)で表されるベンゾニトリル化合物から選ぶことにより、C.I.ピグメントレッド254と特定ヘテロDPP顔料とを含むDPP系顔料組成物を製造することができる。 C. I. Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero DPP pigment can be simultaneously produced as a fine particle pigment composition. This can be achieved by using a method using at least two structurally different benzonitrile compounds (hereinafter referred to as “succinic acid diester co-synthesis method”) in the succinic acid diester synthesis method. Specifically, in the method described in Patent Document 5, a plurality of benzonitrile compounds to be used are selected from 4-chlorobenzonitrile and a benzonitrile compound represented by the following formula (2). . I. A DPP pigment composition containing CI Pigment Red 254 and a specific hetero DPP pigment can be produced.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

(式(2)中、AおよびBは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシル基、シアノ基、-CF、または-CON(R)Rであり、AおよびBのうち少なくとも1つは、-CON(R)Rである。RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、または置換基を有してもよいフェニル基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

(In the formula (2), A and B are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, —CF 3 , or —CON (R 1 ) R 2 , and at least one of A and B is —CON (R 1 ) R 2. R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen An atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group.)
 C.I.ピグメントレッド254と特定ヘテロDPP顔料は、別々に製造したものを混合しても良いが、製造の容易さからコハク酸ジエステル共合成法によって同時に両者を合成して顔料組成物を製造することが望ましい。別々に製造したものを使用する場合は、2種の顔料を分散する前に単純に混合してもよいし、ソルトミリング処理により粉砕混合してもよい。 C. I. Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero-DPP pigment may be produced separately, but it is desirable to produce a pigment composition by simultaneously synthesizing both by the succinic acid diester co-synthesis method for ease of production. . When using what was manufactured separately, you may mix simply before disperse | distributing 2 types of pigments, and you may grind and mix by a salt milling process.
 コハク酸ジエステル共合成法により、C.I.ピグメントレッド254と特定ヘテロDPP顔料とを含有する顔料組成物を製造する場合、コハク酸ジエステル1モルに対して、4-クロロベンゾニトリルと式(2)のベンゾニトリル化合物との混合物2モルを反応させる。このとき、生成するDPP系顔料組成物中のC.I.ピグメントレッド254と特定ヘテロDPP顔料の質量比が97:3~85:15になるように、4-クロロベンゾニトリルと式(2)のベンゾニトリル化合物との混合比(モル比)を調整する必要がある。式(2)のベンゾニトリル化合物の種類によって、その反応性が異なるため、4-クロロベンゾニトリルと式(2)のベンゾニトリル化合物の混合比(モル比)は変わってくる。DPP系顔料組成物の質量比を所望の範囲に収めるためには、4-クロロベンゾニトリルと式(2)のベンゾニトリル化合物の混合比(モル比)は、だいたい80:20~98:2の範囲になる。また、コハク酸ジエステル共合成法では、式(2)のベンゾニトリル化合物がコハク酸ジエステル1モルに対し2モル反応したDPP顔料(すなわち、p-クロロフェニル基が含まれないジケトピロロピロール顔料)が生成することもあるが、この範囲の混合比ではごく微量であるため、悪影響はほとんどない。 Succinic acid diester co-synthesis method, C.I. I. When producing a pigment composition containing CI Pigment Red 254 and a specific hetero DPP pigment, 2 mol of a mixture of 4-chlorobenzonitrile and a benzonitrile compound of the formula (2) is reacted with 1 mol of succinic acid diester. Let At this time, the C.I. I. It is necessary to adjust the mixing ratio (molar ratio) of 4-chlorobenzonitrile and the benzonitrile compound of formula (2) so that the mass ratio of Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero-DPP pigment is 97: 3 to 85:15. There is. Since the reactivity varies depending on the type of benzonitrile compound of formula (2), the mixing ratio (molar ratio) between 4-chlorobenzonitrile and the benzonitrile compound of formula (2) varies. In order to keep the mass ratio of the DPP pigment composition within a desired range, the mixing ratio (molar ratio) of 4-chlorobenzonitrile and the benzonitrile compound of the formula (2) is about 80:20 to 98: 2. Become a range. In the succinic acid diester co-synthesis method, a DPP pigment (that is, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment containing no p-chlorophenyl group) in which 2 moles of the benzonitrile compound of the formula (2) is reacted with 1 mole of the succinic acid diester is obtained. Although it may be produced, the mixing ratio in this range is very small, so there is almost no adverse effect.
 コハク酸ジエステル共合成法において、コハク酸ジエステルとベンゾニトリル化合物との反応比率は、コハク酸ジエステル1モルに対して、ベンゾニトリル化合物2モルが基本となるが、コハク酸ジエステルのモル量を、ベンゾニトリル化合物に対する必要モル量の25モル%程度過剰に用いることは、収率の向上に有効である。 In the succinic acid diester co-synthesis method, the reaction ratio of the succinic acid diester to the benzonitrile compound is basically 2 mol of the benzonitrile compound with respect to 1 mol of the succinic acid diester. Using an excess of about 25 mol% of the required molar amount relative to the nitrile compound is effective for improving the yield.
 コハク酸ジエステル共合成法により製造された顔料組成物において、C.I.ピグメントレッド254と特定ヘテロDPP顔料の質量比は、TOF-MASS、FD-MASS、LC-MASSまたはNMRを用いた分析により決定することができる。あるいは、特開平08-199085号公報に開示されているように、DPP系顔料組成物を、テトラヒドロフラン中で、ジ-tert-ブチルジカーボネートおよび4-ジメチルアミノピリジンと室温攪拌して得られる、可溶性のDPP化合物に変換した後に、NMR、MASSまたはLC-MASS等を用いた分析により決定してもよい。あるいは、ピロロピロール環のNH基の水素を、ハロゲン化アルキル等を用いてアルキル基に置換し、可溶性のDPPに変換した後に、上記分析により決定してもよい。 In the pigment composition produced by the co-synthesis method of succinic acid diester, C.I. I. The mass ratio between Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero DPP pigment can be determined by analysis using TOF-MASS, FD-MASS, LC-MASS, or NMR. Alternatively, as disclosed in JP-A-08-199085, a DPP pigment composition is obtained by stirring at room temperature with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate and 4-dimethylaminopyridine in tetrahydrofuran. It may be determined by analysis using NMR, MASS, LC-MASS or the like after conversion to the DPP compound. Alternatively, the hydrogen of the NH group of the pyrrolopyrrole ring may be substituted with an alkyl group using an alkyl halide or the like and converted into soluble DPP, and then determined by the above analysis.
(色素誘導体)
 DPP系顔料組成物には、顔料結晶成長の抑制、ならびに顔料分散性向上を目的として色素誘導体を使用することができる。すなわち、一実施形態においてDPP系顔料組成物は、さらに色素誘導体を含有する。
 用いられる色素誘導体としては、キナクリドン誘導体、ジケトピロロピロール誘導体、ベンゾイソインドール誘導体、アントラキノン誘導体、ジアントラキノン誘導体、チアジンインジゴ誘導体、アゾ色素誘導体、およびキノフタロン誘導体等が挙げられる。複数種の色素誘導体を使用してもよい。
(Dye derivative)
In the DPP pigment composition, a pigment derivative can be used for the purpose of suppressing pigment crystal growth and improving pigment dispersibility. That is, in one embodiment, the DPP pigment composition further contains a dye derivative.
Examples of the dye derivative used include quinacridone derivatives, diketopyrrolopyrrole derivatives, benzoisoindole derivatives, anthraquinone derivatives, dianthraquinone derivatives, thiazine indigo derivatives, azo dye derivatives, and quinophthalone derivatives. Multiple types of dye derivatives may be used.
 色素誘導体の構造は、下記式(3)で示すことができるが、色素誘導体がこれらの式で表されるものに限定されることはない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

 式(3)中、Pは、キナクリドン残基、ジケトピロロピロール残基、ベンゾイソインドール残基、アントラキノン残基、ジアントラキノン残基、チアジンインジゴ残基、アゾ色素残基、またはキノフタロン残基であり、
 mは、1~4の整数であり、
 Lは、それぞれ独立して、-OH;-SOH、-COOH、これら酸性基の1価~3価の金属塩、アルキルアンモニウム塩;置換基を有しても良いフタルイミドメチル基;または、下記式(a)、(b)、(c)、(d)、(e)、および(f)のいずれかで表される基である。
The structure of the pigment derivative can be represented by the following formula (3), but the pigment derivative is not limited to those represented by these formulas.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

In formula (3), P is quinacridone residue, diketopyrrolopyrrole residue, benzoisoindole residue, anthraquinone residue, dianthraquinone residue, thiazineindigo residue, azo dye residue, or quinophthalone residue And
m is an integer of 1 to 4,
Each L is independently —OH; —SO 3 H, —COOH, a monovalent to trivalent metal salt of these acidic groups, an alkylammonium salt; a phthalimidomethyl group which may have a substituent; or It is a group represented by any of the following formulas (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

 上記式(a)~(f)において、Xは、-SO-、-CO-、-CH-、-CHNHCOCH-、-CHNHSOCH-、または直接結合であり、
 Yは、-NH-、-O-、-S-、または直接結合であり、
 nは、1~10の整数であり、
 R、Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有しても良い炭素数1~30のアルキル基、置換基を有しても良い炭素数2~30のアルケニル基、またはRとRとが一体となって更なる窒素、酸素、もしくは硫黄原子を含む、置換基を有しても良い複素環であり、
 R、R、R、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有しても良い炭素数1~20のアルキル基、置換基を有しても良い炭素数2~20のアルケニル基であり、
 R10は、式(a)、または式(b)で表される置換基であり、
 R11は、塩素原子、-OH、アルコキシル基、式(a)、または式(b)で表される置換基であり、
 Zは、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-SONH-、または-NHSO-であり、
 R12は、水素原子、-NH、-NHCOCH、-NHR13 または式(c)で表される置換基であり、ここでR13は、置換基を有して良い炭素数1~20のアルキル基、または置換基を有しても良い炭素数2~20のアルケニル基である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

In the above formula (a) ~ (f), X is, -SO 2 -, - CO - , - CH 2 -, - CH 2 NHCOCH 2 -, - CH 2 NHSO 2 CH 2 -, or a direct bond,
Y is —NH—, —O—, —S—, or a direct bond;
n is an integer of 1 to 10,
R 3 and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, or R 3 and R 4 together are a heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent, further containing a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom,
R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an optionally substituted carbon. An alkenyl group having a number of 2 to 20,
R 10 is a substituent represented by the formula (a) or the formula (b),
R 11 is a chlorine atom, —OH, an alkoxyl group, a substituent represented by the formula (a) or the formula (b),
Z is —CONH—, —NHCO—, —SO 2 NH—, or —NHSO 2 —;
R 12 is a hydrogen atom, —NH 2 , —NHCOCH 3 , —NHR 13 , or a substituent represented by the formula (c), wherein R 13 has 1 to carbon atoms that may have a substituent. An alkyl group having 20 or an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
 上記式(3)のLにおける、1価~3価の金属としては、ナトリウム、カリウム、マグネシウム、カルシウム、鉄、またはアルミニウム等が挙げられる。
 アルキルアンモニウム塩としては、オクチルアミン、ラウリルアミン、もしくはステアリルアミン等の長鎖モノアルキルアミンのアンモニウム塩、または、パルミチルトリメチルアンモニウム塩、ジラウリルジメチルアンモニウム塩、もしくはジステアリルジメチルアンモニウム塩等の4級アルキルアンモニウム塩が挙げられる。
 置換基を有しても良いフタルイミドメチル基、置換基を有しても良いアルキル基、置換基を有しても良いアルケニル基、または置換基を有しても良い複素環の置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、N-置換カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、N-置換スルファモイル基、炭素数1~20のアルコキシル基、炭素数1~20のアルキルチオ基等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。アルキル基およびアルケニル基は、直鎖であってもよいし分岐鎖であってもよい。
Examples of the monovalent to trivalent metal in L in the above formula (3) include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, and aluminum.
Alkyl ammonium salts include ammonium salts of long-chain monoalkylamines such as octylamine, laurylamine, or stearylamine, or quaternary compounds such as palmityltrimethylammonium salt, dilauryldimethylammonium salt, or distearyldimethylammonium salt. Examples include alkylammonium salts.
As the phthalimidomethyl group which may have a substituent, the alkyl group which may have a substituent, the alkenyl group which may have a substituent, or the heterocyclic substituent which may have a substituent, A halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, an N-substituted carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, an N-substituted sulfamoyl group, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the like. However, it is not limited to these. The alkyl group and alkenyl group may be linear or branched.
 色素誘導体は、硫酸もしくは発煙硫酸中で加熱することによるスルホン化反応、硫酸中、N-ヒドロキシメチルフタルイミドと脱水縮合させるフタルイミドメチル化反応、クロルスルホン酸と塩化チオニルを用いてクロルスルホン化した後、ジメチルアミノプロピルアミン等のアミン成分を反応させるスルホンアミド化反応等の公知の製法により合成される。 The dye derivative is a sulfonation reaction by heating in sulfuric acid or fuming sulfuric acid, a phthalimide methylation reaction in which dehydration condensation is performed with N-hydroxymethylphthalimide in sulfuric acid, and chlorosulfonated using chlorosulfonic acid and thionyl chloride. It is synthesized by a known production method such as sulfonamidation reaction in which an amine component such as dimethylaminopropylamine is reacted.
 上記式(a)、式(b)、および式(c)で表される置換基を形成するために使用されるアミン成分としては、例えば、ジメチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、メチルエチルアミン、N,N-エチルイソプロピルアミン、N,N-エチルプロピルアミン、N,N-メチルブチルアミン、N,N-メチルイソブチルアミン、N,N-ブチルエチルアミン、N,N-tert-ブチルエチルアミン、ジイソプロピルアミン、ジプロピルアミン、N,N-sec-ブチルプロピルアミン、ジブチルアミン、ジ-sec-ブチルアミン、ジイソブチルアミン、N,N-イソブチル-sec-ブチルアミン、ジアミルアミン、ジイソアミルアミン、ジヘキシルアミン、ジシクロヘキシルアミン、ジ(2-エチルへキシル)アミン、ジオクチルアミン、N,N-メチルオクタデシルアミン、ジデシルアミン、ジアリルアミン、N,N-エチル-1,2-ジメチルプロピルアミン、N,N-メチルヘキシルアミン、ジオレイルアミン、ジステアリルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアミノメチルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアミノエチルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアミノアミルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアミノブチルアミン、N,N-ジエチルアミノエチルアミン、N,N-ジエチルアミノプロピルアミン、N,N-ジエチルアミノヘキシルアミン、N,N-ジエチルアミノブチルアミン、N,N-ジエチルアミノペンチルアミン、N,N-ジプロピルアミノブチルアミン、N,N-ジブチルアミノプロピルアミン、N,N-ジブチルアミノエチルアミン、N,N-ジブチルアミノブチルアミン、N,N-ジイソブチルアミノペンチルアミン、N,N-メチル-ラウリルアミノプロピルアミン、N,N-エチル-ヘキシルアミノエチルアミン、N,N-ジステアリルアミノエチルアミン、N,N-ジオレイルアミノエチルアミン、N,N-ジステアリルアミノブチルアミン、ピペリジン、2-ピペコリン、3-ピペコリン、4-ピペコリン、2,4-ルペチジ ン、2,6-ルペチジン、3,5-ルペチジン、3-ピペリジンメタノール、ピペコリン酸、イソニペコチン酸、イソニペコチン酸メチル、イソニペコチン酸エチル、2-ピペリジンエタノール、ピロリジン、3-ヒドロキシピロリジン、N-アミノエチルピペリジン、N-アミノエチル-4-ピペコリン、N-アミノエチルモルホリン、N-アミノプロピルピペリジン、N-アミノプロピル-2-ピペコリン、N-アミノプロピル-4-ピペコリン、N-アミノプロピルモルホリン、N-メチルピペラジン、N-ブチルピペラジン、N-メチルホモピペラジン、1-シクロペンチルピペラジン、1-アミノ-4-メチルピペラジン、1-シクロペンチルピペラジン等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Examples of the amine component used for forming the substituent represented by the above formula (a), formula (b), and formula (c) include dimethylamine, diethylamine, methylethylamine, N, N-ethyl. Isopropylamine, N, N-ethylpropylamine, N, N-methylbutylamine, N, N-methylisobutylamine, N, N-butylethylamine, N, N-tert-butylethylamine, diisopropylamine, dipropylamine, N , N-sec-butylpropylamine, dibutylamine, di-sec-butylamine, diisobutylamine, N, N-isobutyl-sec-butylamine, diamylamine, diisoamylamine, dihexylamine, dicyclohexylamine, di (2-ethylhexyl) ) Amine, dioctylamine, N, -Methyloctadecylamine, didecylamine, diallylamine, N, N-ethyl-1,2-dimethylpropylamine, N, N-methylhexylamine, dioleylamine, distearylamine, N, N-dimethylaminomethylamine, N, N -Dimethylaminoethylamine, N, N-dimethylaminoamylamine, N, N-dimethylaminobutylamine, N, N-diethylaminoethylamine, N, N-diethylaminopropylamine, N, N-diethylaminohexylamine, N, N-diethylamino Butylamine, N, N-diethylaminopentylamine, N, N-dipropylaminobutylamine, N, N-dibutylaminopropylamine, N, N-dibutylaminoethylamine, N, N-dibutylaminobutylamine, N, N-di Sobutylaminopentylamine, N, N-methyl-laurylaminopropylamine, N, N-ethyl-hexylaminoethylamine, N, N-distearylaminoethylamine, N, N-dioleylaminoethylamine, N, N-di Stearylaminobutylamine, piperidine, 2-pipecoline, 3-pipecoline, 4-pipecoline, 2,4-lupetidine, 2,6-lupetidine, 3,5-lupetidine, 3-piperidinemethanol, pipecolic acid, isonipecotic acid, isonipecotic acid Methyl, ethyl isonipecotate, 2-piperidineethanol, pyrrolidine, 3-hydroxypyrrolidine, N-aminoethylpiperidine, N-aminoethyl-4-pipecoline, N-aminoethylmorpholine, N-aminopropylpiperidine, N-aminopropi -2-pipecoline, N-aminopropyl-4-pipecoline, N-aminopropylmorpholine, N-methylpiperazine, N-butylpiperazine, N-methylhomopiperazine, 1-cyclopentylpiperazine, 1-amino-4-methylpiperazine, Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, 1-cyclopentylpiperazine and the like.
 アゾ色素に置換基を導入する場合は、置換基をあらかじめジアゾ成分またはカップリング成分に導入し、その後カップリング反応を行うことによってアゾ色素誘導体を製造することもできる。 In the case of introducing a substituent into the azo dye, the azo dye derivative can also be produced by introducing the substituent into a diazo component or a coupling component in advance and then performing a coupling reaction.
 色素誘導体の使用法は、DPP系顔料組成物を顔料担体(顔料組成物担体ともいう。)、すなわち、バインダー樹脂中(樹脂型分散剤を用いる場合は、バインダー樹脂と樹脂型分散剤中)に分散するときに顔料組成物と混合する方法のほかに、顔料製造時に水または有機溶剤中で混合処理する方法や、ソルトミリング処理時に添加する方法が挙げられる。色素誘導体を、顔料製造時に水または有機溶剤中で混合処理する方法やソルトミリング処理時に添加する方法は、DPP系顔料の結晶成長を抑制する効果を発現するが、結晶成長を抑制する効果を発揮するためには、色素誘導体がDPP系顔料の表面に効率よく吸着し、簡単に脱着しないことが求められる。このため、用いる顔料と類似の化学構造を部分的に有する色素誘導体が選ばれる場合が多い。このような理由から、DPP系顔料には、一般的には、キナクリドン構造、DPP構造、チアジンインジゴ構造、またはベンゾイソインドール構造を有する色素誘導体が効果的である。 The method of using the pigment derivative is to use the DPP pigment composition in a pigment carrier (also referred to as a pigment composition carrier), that is, in a binder resin (in the case of using a resin type dispersant, in a binder resin and a resin type dispersant). In addition to the method of mixing with the pigment composition at the time of dispersion, a method of mixing in water or an organic solvent at the time of pigment production, or a method of adding at the time of salt milling can be mentioned. The method of mixing the pigment derivative in water or an organic solvent at the time of pigment production or the method of adding it at the time of salt milling exhibits the effect of suppressing the crystal growth of the DPP pigment, but exhibits the effect of suppressing the crystal growth. In order to achieve this, it is required that the dye derivative is efficiently adsorbed on the surface of the DPP pigment and does not easily desorb. For this reason, a dye derivative partially having a chemical structure similar to that of the pigment to be used is often selected. For these reasons, dye derivatives having a quinacridone structure, a DPP structure, a thiazine indigo structure, or a benzoisoindole structure are generally effective for DPP pigments.
 さらに、色素誘導体を使用する場合、DPP系顔料組成物の色調を極力損なわないことが必要とされる。色相の観点から、黄色または橙色を呈するDPP誘導体、ベンゾイソインドール誘導体、チアジンインジゴ誘導体、アゾ色素誘導体、またはキノフタロン誘導体の使用が好ましい。 Furthermore, when a dye derivative is used, it is required that the color tone of the DPP pigment composition is not impaired as much as possible. From the viewpoint of hue, it is preferable to use a DPP derivative, benzoisoindole derivative, thiazineindigo derivative, azo dye derivative, or quinophthalone derivative that exhibits a yellow or orange color.
 色素誘導体の配合量は、結晶成長抑制効果を十分に発揮させるために、顔料100質量部に対し色素誘導体を0.5質量部以上使用することが好ましく、3質量部以上使用することがより好ましい。一方、DPP系顔料の良好な色調を維持するために、顔料100質量部に対し色素誘導体の量は40質量部以下であることが好ましく、35質量部以下であることがより好ましい。すなわち、色素誘導体の配合量は、顔料100質量%に対して0.5~40質量%の範囲であることが好ましく、より好ましくは、顔料100質量%に対して3~35質量%の範囲である。 The compounding amount of the dye derivative is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment in order to sufficiently exhibit the crystal growth inhibiting effect. . On the other hand, in order to maintain a good color tone of the DPP pigment, the amount of the dye derivative is preferably 40 parts by mass or less and more preferably 35 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. That is, the blending amount of the dye derivative is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 40% by mass with respect to 100% by mass of the pigment, and more preferably in the range of 3 to 35% by mass with respect to 100% by mass of the pigment. is there.
 以下、色素誘導体の具体例を記載するが、これらに限定されるものではない。
(キナクリドン誘導体の具体例)
 キナクリドン誘導体としては、具体的には、下記式(4)で表される化合物を用いることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
Hereinafter, although the specific example of a pigment derivative is described, it is not limited to these.
(Specific examples of quinacridone derivatives)
As the quinacridone derivative, specifically, a compound represented by the following formula (4) can be used, but is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(ジケトピロロピロール誘導体の具体例)
 DPP誘導体としては、具体的には、下記式(5)または式(6)で表される化合物を用いることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
(Specific examples of diketopyrrolopyrrole derivatives)
As the DPP derivative, specifically, a compound represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6) can be used, but is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(ベンゾイソインドール誘導体の具体例)
 ベンゾイソインドール誘導体としては、具体的には、下記式(7)で表される化合物を用いることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
(Specific examples of benzoisoindole derivatives)
As the benzoisoindole derivative, specifically, a compound represented by the following formula (7) can be used, but is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(アントラキノン誘導体の具体例)
 アントラキノン誘導体としては、具体的には、下記式(8)で表される化合物を用いることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
(Specific examples of anthraquinone derivatives)
Specifically as an anthraquinone derivative, the compound represented by following formula (8) can be used, However, It is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(ジアントラキノン誘導体の具体例)
 ジアントラキノン誘導体としては、具体的には、下記式(9)で表される化合物を用いることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
(Specific examples of dianthraquinone derivatives)
As the dianthraquinone derivative, specifically, a compound represented by the following formula (9) can be used, but is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(チアジンインジゴ誘導体の具体例)
 チアジンインジゴ誘導体としては、具体的には、下記式(10)で表される化合物を用いることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
(Specific examples of thiazine indigo derivatives)
As the thiazineindigo derivative, specifically, a compound represented by the following formula (10) can be used, but is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(アゾ色素誘導体の具体例)
 アゾ色素誘導体としては、具体的には、下記式(11)、式(12)、または式(13)で表される化合物を用いることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
(Specific examples of azo dye derivatives)
As the azo dye derivative, specifically, a compound represented by the following formula (11), formula (12), or formula (13) can be used, but is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(キノフタロン誘導体の具体例)
 キノフタロン誘導体としては、具体的には、下記式(14-1)~式(14-13)で表される化合物を用いることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
(Specific examples of quinophthalone derivatives)
As the quinophthalone derivative, specifically, compounds represented by the following formulas (14-1) to (14-13) can be used, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(顔料組成物の平均一次粒子径)
 本発明に係るDPP系顔料組成物は、一次粒子径が非常に微細であり、また分布の幅が狭く、シャープな粒度分布をもつことが好ましい。DPP系顔料組成物のTEM(透過型電子顕微鏡)により求められる平均一次粒子径(すなわち、顔料組成物を構成する各顔料粒子(および色素誘導体)の平均一次粒子径)は、有機溶剤中への分散性を確保するために5nm以上であることが好ましく、十分なコントラスト比を得るために70nm以下であることが好ましい。このような理由から、より好ましい平均一次粒子径は10nm以上であり、また、40nm以下の範囲である。DPP系顔料組成物を上記合成法によって製造した段階で、平均一次粒子径が上記範囲である場合はそのまま使用してもよいが、そうでない場合は、ソルトミリング処理等により顔料の微細化および整粒化を行うことが望ましい。
(Average primary particle diameter of pigment composition)
The DPP pigment composition according to the present invention preferably has a very fine primary particle diameter, a narrow distribution width, and a sharp particle size distribution. The average primary particle diameter (that is, the average primary particle diameter of each pigment particle (and dye derivative) constituting the pigment composition) obtained by TEM (transmission electron microscope) of the DPP pigment composition is calculated as follows. In order to ensure dispersibility, the thickness is preferably 5 nm or more, and in order to obtain a sufficient contrast ratio, it is preferably 70 nm or less. For these reasons, the more preferable average primary particle diameter is 10 nm or more and 40 nm or less. When the average primary particle diameter is in the above range at the stage when the DPP pigment composition is produced by the above synthesis method, it may be used as it is. Otherwise, the pigment is refined and adjusted by a salt milling process or the like. It is desirable to granulate.
(顔料組成物の微細化)
 顔料組成物の微細化にはソルトミリング処理が好ましい。
 ソルトミリング処理とは、顔料組成物と水溶性無機塩と水溶性有機溶剤との混合物を、ニーダー、2本ロールミル、3本ロールミル、ボールミル、アトライター、サンドミル等の混練機を用いて、加熱しながら機械的に混練した後、水洗により水溶性無機塩と水溶性有機溶剤を除去する処理である。水溶性無機塩は、破砕助剤として働くものであり、ソルトミリング時に無機塩の硬度の高さを利用して顔料が破砕され、それにより活性面が生じて、結晶成長がおこると考えられている。従って、混練時は顔料の破砕と結晶成長が同時に起こり、混練条件により得られる顔料の一次粒子径が異なる。
(Miniaturization of pigment composition)
A salt milling process is preferable for refining the pigment composition.
Salt milling is a process in which a mixture of a pigment composition, a water-soluble inorganic salt, and a water-soluble organic solvent is heated using a kneader such as a kneader, two-roll mill, three-roll mill, ball mill, attritor, or sand mill. After mechanically kneading, the water-soluble inorganic salt and the water-soluble organic solvent are removed by washing with water. The water-soluble inorganic salt works as a crushing aid, and it is thought that the pigment is crushed using the high hardness of the inorganic salt during salt milling, thereby generating an active surface and causing crystal growth. Yes. Therefore, the crushing of the pigment and the crystal growth occur simultaneously during the kneading, and the primary particle diameter of the pigment obtained varies depending on the kneading conditions.
 加熱により結晶成長を促進するには、カラーフィルタ用着色剤として適切かつ十分な結晶成長を促すために、加熱温度が35~150℃であることが好ましい。加熱温度が35℃未満の場合は、結晶成長が十分に起こらず、顔料組成物粒子の形状が無定形に近くなる恐れがあり、一方、加熱温度が150℃を越える場合は、結晶成長が進みすぎて、顔料組成物の一次粒子径が大きくなるため、カラーフィルタ用着色剤としては好ましくない。
 ソルトミリング処理の混練時間は、ソルトミリング処理顔料の一次粒子の粒度分布とソルトミリング処理に要する費用のバランスの点から2~24時間であることが好ましい。
In order to promote crystal growth by heating, the heating temperature is preferably 35 to 150 ° C. in order to promote appropriate and sufficient crystal growth as a color filter colorant. When the heating temperature is less than 35 ° C., crystal growth does not occur sufficiently, and the shape of the pigment composition particles may become nearly amorphous. On the other hand, when the heating temperature exceeds 150 ° C., crystal growth proceeds. In this case, the primary particle size of the pigment composition becomes large, which is not preferable as a colorant for a color filter.
The kneading time for the salt milling treatment is preferably 2 to 24 hours from the viewpoint of the balance between the particle size distribution of the primary particles of the salt milling treatment pigment and the cost required for the salt milling treatment.
 顔料組成物をソルトミリング処理する際の条件を最適化することにより、一次粒子径が非常に微細であり、また分布の幅がせまく、シャープな粒度分布をもつ顔料組成物を得ることができる。 By optimizing the conditions at the time of subjecting the pigment composition to salt milling, a pigment composition having a sharp particle size distribution with a very fine primary particle diameter and a wide distribution range can be obtained.
 ソルトミリング処理に用いる水溶性無機塩としては、塩化ナトリウム、塩化バリウム、塩化カリウム、硫酸ナトリウム等を用いることができるが、価格の点から塩化ナトリウム(食塩)を用いるのが好ましい。水溶性無機塩は、処理効率と生産効率の両面から、顔料の全量を基準(100質量部)として、50~2000質量部用いることが好ましく、300~1200質量部用いることが最も好ましい。 As the water-soluble inorganic salt used for the salt milling treatment, sodium chloride, barium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium sulfate and the like can be used, but sodium chloride (salt) is preferably used from the viewpoint of price. The water-soluble inorganic salt is preferably used in an amount of 50 to 2000 parts by mass, and most preferably 300 to 1200 parts by mass, based on the total amount of pigment (100 parts by mass), from the viewpoint of both processing efficiency and production efficiency.
 水溶性有機溶剤は、顔料組成物および水溶性無機塩を湿潤する働きをするものであり、水に溶解(混和)し、かつ用いる無機塩を実質的に溶解しないものであれば特に限定されない。ただし、ソルトミリング時に温度が上昇し、溶剤が蒸発し易い状態になるため、安全性の点から、沸点120℃以上の高沸点溶剤が好ましい。 The water-soluble organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it functions to wet the pigment composition and the water-soluble inorganic salt and dissolves (mixes) in water and does not substantially dissolve the inorganic salt to be used. However, a high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 120 ° C. or higher is preferable from the viewpoint of safety because the temperature rises during salt milling and the solvent is easily evaporated.
 例えば、2-メトキシエタノール、2-ブトキシエタノール、2-(イソペンチルオキシ)エタノール、2-(ヘキシルオキシ)エタノール、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、液状のポリエチレングリコール、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-エトキシ-2-プロパノール、ジプロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、液状のポリプロピレングリコール等が用いられる。水溶性有機溶剤は、顔料組成物100質量部に対して、5~1000質量部用いることが好ましく、50~500質量部用いることが最も好ましい。 For example, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-butoxyethanol, 2- (isopentyloxy) ethanol, 2- (hexyloxy) ethanol, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, Liquid polyethylene glycol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, dipropylene glycol, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, liquid polypropylene glycol and the like are used. The water-soluble organic solvent is preferably used in an amount of 5 to 1000 parts by weight, and most preferably 50 to 500 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the pigment composition.
 ソルトミリング処理する際には、混練効率を向上させるために色素誘導体を併用してもよく、顔料組成物の微細化および整粒化に非常に有効である。この色素誘導体としては、上記の色素誘導体を使用することが好ましいが、これらに限定されるものではない。色素誘導体の使用量は、色調に影響を与えない程度、すなわち顔料組成物100質量部に対して0.5~40質量部の範囲であることが好ましい。 When performing the salt milling treatment, a pigment derivative may be used in combination to improve kneading efficiency, which is very effective for making the pigment composition finer and sized. As this pigment derivative, the above-mentioned pigment derivatives are preferably used, but are not limited thereto. The amount of the dye derivative used is preferably such that it does not affect the color tone, that is, in the range of 0.5 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment composition.
 さらに、ソルトミリング処理する際には、必要に応じて樹脂を添加してもよい。用いられる樹脂の種類は特に限定されず、天然樹脂、変性天然樹脂、合成樹脂、天然樹脂で変性された合成樹脂等を用いることができる。樹脂は、室温で固体であり、水不溶性であることが好ましく、かつ上記有機溶剤に一部可溶であることがさらに好ましい。樹脂の使用量は、顔料組成物100質量部に対して5~200質量部の範囲であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, when performing the salt milling treatment, a resin may be added as necessary. The type of resin used is not particularly limited, and natural resins, modified natural resins, synthetic resins, synthetic resins modified with natural resins, and the like can be used. The resin is preferably solid at room temperature, insoluble in water, and more preferably partially soluble in the organic solvent. The amount of resin used is preferably in the range of 5 to 200 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment composition.
2.着色組成物(感光性着色組成物を含む)
 本発明に係るDPP系顔料組成物は、バインダー樹脂および有機溶剤と併用することにより、着色組成物として使用することができる。この着色組成物は、カラーフィルタ用として用いられることが特に好ましい。
 すなわち、この着色組成物は、着色剤、バインダー樹脂、および有機溶剤を含有し、この着色剤が本発明に係るDPP系顔料組成物を含有するものである。着色剤として、上記DPP系顔料組成物以外の着色剤(その他の着色剤)を併用しても良い。
2. Coloring composition (including photosensitive coloring composition)
The DPP pigment composition according to the present invention can be used as a colored composition when used in combination with a binder resin and an organic solvent. This coloring composition is particularly preferably used for a color filter.
That is, this coloring composition contains a coloring agent, a binder resin, and an organic solvent, and this coloring agent contains the DPP pigment composition according to the present invention. As the colorant, a colorant other than the DPP pigment composition (other colorant) may be used in combination.
(その他着色剤)
 その他の着色剤とは、上記DPP系顔料組成物以外の顔料あるいは染料であり、色度を調整する等の目的のために、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内で、必要に応じて併用してもよい成分である。複数種のその他の着色剤を使用してもよい。
(Other colorants)
The other colorant is a pigment or dye other than the above DPP pigment composition, and is used in combination as necessary for the purpose of adjusting the chromaticity within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention. It may be a component. Multiple other colorants may be used.
 例えばC.I.ピグメントレッド7、14、41、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、57:1、81、81:1、81:2、81:3、81:4、122、146、168、169、176、177、178、179、184、185、187、200、202、208、210、242、246、255、264、270、272、273、274,276、277、278、279、280、281、282、283、284、285、286、または287等の赤色顔料を挙げることができる。赤色染料としては、キサンテン系、アゾ系(ピリドン系、バルビツール酸系、金属錯体系など)、ジスアゾ系、アントラキノン系などが挙げられる。具体的には、C.I.アシッドレッド52、87、92、289、338などのキサンテン系酸性染料の造塩化合物等が挙げられる。 For example, C.I. I. Pigment Red 7, 14, 41, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 57: 1, 81, 81: 1, 81: 2, 81: 3, 81: 4, 122, 146, 168, 169, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 200, 202, 208, 210, 242, 246, 255, 264, 270, 272, 273, 274, 276, 277, 278, 279, Mention may be made of red pigments such as 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286 or 287. Examples of red dyes include xanthene series, azo series (pyridone series, barbituric acid series, metal complex series, etc.), disazo series, and anthraquinone series. Specifically, C.I. I. Examples thereof include salt-forming compounds of xanthene acid dyes such as Acid Red 52, 87, 92, 289 and 338.
 また、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ43、71、若しくは73等の橙色顔料および/またはC.I.ピグメントイエロー1、2、3、4、5、6、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77、81、83、93、94、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、117、118、119、120、123、126、127、128、129、138、139、147、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、181、182、185、187、188、193、194、198、199、213、214、218、219、220、若しくは221等の黄色顔料を併用することができる。橙色染料および/または黄色染料としては、キノリン系、アゾ系(ピリドン系、バルビツール酸系、金属錯体系など)、ジスアゾ系、メチン系などが挙げられる。 Also, C.I. I. Pigment orange 43, 71, or 73, and / or C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 147, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 82,185,187,188,193,194,198,199,213,214,218,219,220, or may be used in combination of a yellow pigment 221, and the like. Examples of the orange dye and / or yellow dye include quinoline series, azo series (pyridone series, barbituric acid series, metal complex series, etc.), disazo series, and methine series.
 併用する着色剤で好ましいものとしては、C.I.ピグメントレッド177、242、C.I.ピグメントイエロー139、150、185が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the colorant used in combination include C.I. I. Pigment red 177, 242 and C.I. I. Pigment yellow 139, 150, 185.
 着色組成物において、DPP系顔料組成物以外の着色剤を併用する場合、着色剤全量(DPP系顔料組成物とその他の着色剤の合計量)中(100質量%)、明度とコントラスト比の優れた効果を十分に発揮させる観点から、DPP系顔料組成物は40質量%~100質量%の範囲であることが好ましいく、より好ましくは、60質量%~100質量%の範囲である。 In the color composition, when a colorant other than the DPP pigment composition is used in combination, the lightness and contrast ratio are excellent in the total amount of the colorant (total amount of the DPP pigment composition and other colorant) (100% by mass). The DPP pigment composition is preferably in the range of 40% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably in the range of 60% by mass to 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the above effects.
(バインダー樹脂)
 着色組成物に含まれるバインダー樹脂としては、従来公知の熱可塑性樹脂、および熱硬化性樹脂が挙げられる。複数種のバインダー樹脂を使用してもよい。
 熱可塑性樹脂としては、例えば、アクリル樹脂、ブチラール樹脂、スチレン-マレイン酸共重合体、塩素化ポリエチレン、塩素化ポリプロピレン、ポリ塩化ビニル、塩化ビニル-酢酸ビニル共重合体、ポリ酢酸ビニル、ポリウレタン系樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ビニル系樹脂、アルキッド樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、環化ゴム系樹脂、セルロース類、ポリエチレン(HDPE、LDPE)、ポリブタジエン、およびポリイミド樹脂等が挙げられる。
(Binder resin)
Examples of the binder resin contained in the coloring composition include conventionally known thermoplastic resins and thermosetting resins. A plurality of types of binder resins may be used.
Examples of the thermoplastic resin include acrylic resin, butyral resin, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, chlorinated polyethylene, chlorinated polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinyl acetate, polyurethane resin Polyester resins, vinyl resins, alkyd resins, polystyrene resins, polyamide resins, rubber resins, cyclized rubber resins, celluloses, polyethylene (HDPE, LDPE), polybutadiene, polyimide resins, and the like.
 カラーフィルタ用着色組成物として用いる場合には、可視光領域の400~700nmの全波長領域において分光透過率が好ましくは80%以上、より好ましくは95%以上の樹脂であることが好ましい。アルカリ現像型着色レジストの形態で用いる場合には、酸性基含有エチレン性不飽和単量体を共重合したアルカリ可溶性ビニル系樹脂を用いることが好ましい。さらに光感度を向上させるために、エチレン性不飽和活性二重結合を有するエネルギー線硬化性樹脂を用いることもできる。 When used as a coloring composition for a color filter, a resin having a spectral transmittance of preferably 80% or more, more preferably 95% or more in the entire wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm in the visible light region is preferable. When used in the form of an alkali developing type colored resist, it is preferable to use an alkali-soluble vinyl resin copolymerized with an acidic group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer. In order to further improve the photosensitivity, an energy ray curable resin having an ethylenically unsaturated active double bond can also be used.
 酸性基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーを共重合したアルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、スルホン基等の酸性基を有する樹脂が挙げられる。アルカリ可溶性樹脂として具体的には、酸性基を有するアクリル樹脂、α-オレフィン/(無水)マレイン酸共重合体、スチレン/スチレンスルホン酸共重合体、エチレン/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、またはイソブチレン/(無水)マレイン酸共重合体等が挙げられる。中でも、酸性基を有するアクリル樹脂、およびスチレン/スチレンスルホン酸共重合体から選ばれる少なくとも1種の樹脂、特に酸性基を有するアクリル樹脂は、耐熱性、透明性が高いため、好適に用いられる。
 ここで、「(メタ)アクリル酸」は、アクリル酸とメタクリル酸の双方を示し、その誘導体においても同様の意味で用いられる。
Examples of the alkali-soluble resin obtained by copolymerizing an acidic group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer include resins having an acidic group such as a carboxyl group or a sulfone group. Specific examples of the alkali-soluble resin include an acrylic resin having an acidic group, an α-olefin / (anhydrous) maleic acid copolymer, a styrene / styrene sulfonic acid copolymer, an ethylene / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, or Examples include isobutylene / (anhydrous) maleic acid copolymer. Among these, at least one resin selected from an acrylic resin having an acidic group and a styrene / styrene sulfonic acid copolymer, particularly an acrylic resin having an acidic group, is preferably used because of its high heat resistance and transparency.
Here, “(meth) acrylic acid” refers to both acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and its derivatives are used in the same meaning.
 エチレン性不飽和活性二重結合を有するエネルギー線硬化性樹脂としては、水酸基、カルボキシル基、アミノ基等の反応性の置換基を有する高分子にイソシアネート基、アルデヒド基、エポキシ基等の反応性置換基を有する(メタ)アクリル化合物やケイヒ酸を反応させて、(メタ)アクリロイル基、スチリル基等の光架橋性基を該高分子に導入した樹脂が用いられる。又、スチレン-無水マレイン酸共重合物やα-オレフィン-無水マレイン酸共重合物等の酸無水物を含む高分子を、ヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート等の水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリル化合物によりハーフエステル化したものも用いられる。 Energy ray curable resins having ethylenically unsaturated active double bonds include reactive substitution of isocyanate groups, aldehyde groups, epoxy groups, etc. on polymers having reactive substituents such as hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, amino groups, etc. A resin in which a photo-crosslinkable group such as a (meth) acryloyl group or a styryl group is introduced into the polymer by reacting a (meth) acrylic compound having a group or cinnamic acid is used. Further, a polymer containing an acid anhydride such as a styrene-maleic anhydride copolymer or an α-olefin-maleic anhydride copolymer is half-treated with a (meth) acrylic compound having a hydroxyl group such as hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate. An esterified product is also used.
 熱可塑性樹脂として、アルカリ可溶性能とエネルギー線硬化性能とを併せもつものも、カラーフィルタ用着色組成物として好ましい。
 上記熱可塑性樹脂を構成するモノマーとして、以下のものが挙げられる。これらのうち、複数種のモノマーを使用してもよい。
A thermoplastic resin having both alkali-soluble performance and energy ray curing performance is also preferred as the color filter coloring composition.
The following are mentioned as a monomer which comprises the said thermoplastic resin. Of these, a plurality of types of monomers may be used.
 例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、t-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシジエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシポリプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、またはエトキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリレート類;
 (メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-イソプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ダイアセトン(メタ)アクリルアミド、またはアクリロイルモルホリン等の(メタ)アクリルアミド類;
 スチレン、またはα-メチルスチレン等のスチレン類;
 エチルビニルエーテル、n-プロピルビニルエーテル、イソプロピルビニルエーテル、n-ブチルビニルエーテル、又はイソブチルビニルエーテル等のビニルエーテル類;または、
 酢酸ビニル、またはプロピオン酸ビニル等の脂肪酸ビニル類;が挙げられる。
For example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, t-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) Acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxydiethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, methoxypolypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate, or ethoxypoly Ji glycol (meth) acrylate of (meth) acrylates;
(Meth) acrylamides such as (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-diethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, diacetone (meth) acrylamide, or acryloylmorpholine ;
Styrenes such as styrene or α-methylstyrene;
Vinyl ethers such as ethyl vinyl ether, n-propyl vinyl ether, isopropyl vinyl ether, n-butyl vinyl ether, or isobutyl vinyl ether; or
And fatty acid vinyls such as vinyl acetate or vinyl propionate.
 あるいは、シクロヘキシルマレイミド、フェニルマレイミド、メチルマレイミド、エチルマレイミド、1,2-ビスマレイミドエタン、1,6-ビスマレイミドヘキサン、3-マレイミドプロピオン酸、6,7-メチレンジオキシ-4-メチル-3-マレイミドクマリン、4,4’-ビスマレイミドジフェニルメタン、ビス(3-エチル-5-メチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、N,N’-1,3-フェニレンジマレイミド、N,N’-1,4-フェニレンジマレイミド、N-(1-ピレニル)マレイミド、N-(2,4,6-トリクロロフェニル)マレイミド、N-(4-アミノフェニル)マレイミド、N-(4-ニトロフェニル)マレイミド、N-ベンジルマレイミド、N-ブロモメチル-2,3-ジクロロマレイミド、N-スクシンイミジル-3-マレイミドベンゾエート、N-スクシンイミジル-3-マレイミドプロピオナート、N-スクシンイミジル-4-マレイミドブチラート、N-スクシンイミジル-6-マレイミドヘキサノアート、N-[4-(2-ベンゾイミダゾリル)フェニル]マレイミド、9-マレイミドアクリジン等のN-置換マレイミド類が挙げられる。 Alternatively, cyclohexylmaleimide, phenylmaleimide, methylmaleimide, ethylmaleimide, 1,2-bismaleimideethane, 1,6-bismaleimidehexane, 3-maleimidopropionic acid, 6,7-methylenedioxy-4-methyl-3- Maleimidocoumarin, 4,4′-bismaleimidediphenylmethane, bis (3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl) methane, N, N′-1,3-phenylenedimaleimide, N, N′-1,4 -Phenylenedimaleimide, N- (1-pyrenyl) maleimide, N- (2,4,6-trichlorophenyl) maleimide, N- (4-aminophenyl) maleimide, N- (4-nitrophenyl) maleimide, N- Benzylmaleimide, N-bromomethyl-2,3-dichloromaleimide, N- Cuccinimidyl-3-maleimidobenzoate, N-succinimidyl-3-maleimide propionate, N-succinimidyl-4-maleimidobutyrate, N-succinimidyl-6-maleimidohexanoate, N- [4- (2-benzimidazolyl) phenyl N-substituted maleimides such as maleimide and 9-maleimide acridine.
 熱硬化性樹脂としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂、ベンゾグアナミン樹脂、ロジン変性マレイン酸樹脂、ロジン変性フマル酸樹脂、メラミン樹脂、尿素樹脂、およびフェノール樹脂等が挙げられる。中でも、耐熱性向上の観点から、エポキシ樹脂、メラミン樹脂がより好適に用いられる。 Examples of the thermosetting resin include epoxy resin, benzoguanamine resin, rosin-modified maleic acid resin, rosin-modified fumaric acid resin, melamine resin, urea resin, and phenol resin. Especially, an epoxy resin and a melamine resin are used more suitably from a viewpoint of heat resistance improvement.
 バインダー樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、着色剤を好ましく分散させるためには、5,000~80,000の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは7,000~50,000の範囲である。また数平均分子量(Mn)は2,500~40,000の範囲が好ましく、Mw/Mnの値は10以下であることが好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the binder resin is preferably in the range of 5,000 to 80,000, more preferably in the range of 7,000 to 50,000 in order to disperse the colorant preferably. The number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably in the range of 2,500 to 40,000, and the value of Mw / Mn is preferably 10 or less.
 ここで重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)は、東ソー株式会社製ゲルパーミエイションクロマトグラフィー「HLC-8120GPC」において、分離カラムを4本直列に繋ぎ、充填剤には順に東ソー株式会社製「TSK-GEL SUPER H5000」、「H4000」、「H3000」、および「H2000」を用い、移動相にテトラヒドロフランを用いて測定したポリスチレン換算分子量である。 Here, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are obtained by connecting four separation columns in series in the gel permeation chromatography “HLC-8120GPC” manufactured by Tosoh Corporation. This is a polystyrene-equivalent molecular weight measured using “TSK-GEL SUPER H5000”, “H4000”, “H3000”, and “H2000” manufactured by the company and using tetrahydrofuran as the mobile phase.
 着色組成物をカラーフィルタ用着色組成物として使用する場合には、バインダー樹脂において、顔料吸着基および現像時のアルカリ可溶基として働くカルボキシル基、顔料担体および溶剤に対する親和性基として働く脂肪族基および芳香族基のバランスが、顔料分散性、現像性、さらには耐久性にとって重要である。微細パターンの形成のために適切な現像性を得るために、酸価20~300mgKOH/gの樹脂を用いることが好ましい。酸価が、20mgKOH/g未満では、現像液に対する溶解性が悪く、微細パターン形成が困難となる恐れがあり、300mgKOH/gを超えると、現像で微細パターンが残らなくなる恐れがある。 When the coloring composition is used as a coloring composition for a color filter, in the binder resin, a carboxyl group that acts as a pigment adsorbing group and an alkali-soluble group during development, and an aliphatic group that acts as an affinity group for the pigment carrier and solvent And the balance of aromatic groups is important for pigment dispersibility, developability, and durability. In order to obtain appropriate developability for forming a fine pattern, it is preferable to use a resin having an acid value of 20 to 300 mgKOH / g. If the acid value is less than 20 mgKOH / g, the solubility in the developing solution is poor and fine pattern formation may be difficult, and if it exceeds 300 mgKOH / g, the fine pattern may not remain in development.
 バインダー樹脂の量は、着色剤の全質量を基準として(すなわち、着色剤100質量部に対し)、成膜性および諸耐性を得るために20質量部以上であることが好ましく、顔料組成物の濃度と色特性を確保するために500質量部以下であることが好ましい。 The amount of the binder resin is preferably 20 parts by mass or more in order to obtain film formability and various resistances based on the total mass of the colorant (that is, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant). In order to ensure the density and color characteristics, the amount is preferably 500 parts by mass or less.
(有機溶剤)
 着色組成物には、顔料組成物を充分に顔料組成物担体中に分散させ、ガラス基板等の基板上に、乾燥膜厚が0.2~5μmとなるように塗布してフィルタセグメントを形成することを容易にするために、有機溶剤を含有させる。有機溶剤は、着色組成物の塗布性が良好であることに加え、着色組成物各成分の溶解性、さらには安全性を考慮して選定される。
(Organic solvent)
For the coloring composition, the pigment composition is sufficiently dispersed in the pigment composition carrier, and is applied onto a substrate such as a glass substrate so as to have a dry film thickness of 0.2 to 5 μm to form a filter segment. In order to facilitate this, an organic solvent is included. The organic solvent is selected in consideration of good applicability of the coloring composition, solubility of each component of the coloring composition, and safety.
 有機溶剤としては、例えば、乳酸エチル、ベンジルアルコール、1,2,3-トリクロロプロパン、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブチレングリコール、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート、1,4-ジオキサン、2-ヘプタノン、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、3,5,5-トリメチル-2-シクロヘキセン-1-オン、3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサノン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-メチル-1,3-ブタンジオール、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブタノール、3-メトキシ-3-メチルブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、4-ヘプタノン、m-キシレン、m-ジエチルベンゼン、m-ジクロロベンゼン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、n-ブチルアルコール、n-ブチルベンゼン、n-プロピルアセテート、o-キシレン、o-クロロトルエン、o-ジエチルベンゼン、o-ジクロロベンゼン、p-クロロトルエン、p-ジエチルベンゼン、sec-ブチルベンゼン、tert-ブチルベンゼン、γ―ブチロラクトン、イソブチルアルコール、イソホロン、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノターシャリーブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノヘキシルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジイソブチルケトン、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、シクロヘキサノール、シクロヘキサノールアセテート、シクロヘキサノン、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ダイアセトンアルコール、トリアセチン、トリプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、プロピレングリコールフェニルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート、ベンジルアルコール、メチルイソブチルケトン、メチルシクロヘキサノール、酢酸n-アミル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸プロピル、二塩基酸エステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the organic solvent include ethyl lactate, benzyl alcohol, 1,2,3-trichloropropane, 1,3-butanediol, 1,3-butylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1,4-dioxane. 2-heptanone, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexen-1-one, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexanone, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3- Methyl-1,3-butanediol, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butanol, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutanol, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 4-heptanone, m-xylene, m-diethylbenzene, m-dichlorobenzene, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N -Dimethylformamide, n-butyl alcohol, n-butylbenzene, n-propyl acetate, o-xylene, o-chlorotoluene, o-diethylbenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, p-chlorotoluene, p-diethylbenzene, sec-butylbenzene , Tert-butylbenzene, γ-butyrolactone, isobutyl alcohol, isophorone, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monotertiary butyl ether , Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol Monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diisobutyl ketone, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate , Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, cyclohexanol, cyclohexanol acetate, cyclohexanone, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether Dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diacetone alcohol, triacetin, tripropylene glycol monobutyl ether, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol phenyl ether, propylene Glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, benzyl alcohol, Chill isobutyl ketone, methyl cyclohexanol, acetic acid n- amyl acetate n- butyl, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate, and dibasic acid esters.
 中でも、着色組成物各成分の溶解性、および着色組成物の塗布性が良好なことから、乳酸エチル等の脂肪族ヒドロキシ酸エステル類、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート等のグリコールアセテート類、ベンジルアルコール等の芳香族アルコール類やシクロヘキサノン等の脂環式ケトン類を用いることが好ましい。 Among them, since the solubility of each component of the coloring composition and the coating property of the coloring composition are good, aliphatic hydroxy acid esters such as ethyl lactate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol It is preferable to use glycol acetates such as monomethyl ether acetate and ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, aromatic alcohols such as benzyl alcohol, and alicyclic ketones such as cyclohexanone.
 これらの有機溶剤は、1種を単独で、若しくは2種以上を混合して用いることができる。有機溶剤の配合量は、着色組成物を適正な粘度に調節し、目的とする均一な膜厚のフィルタセグメントを形成する観点から、着色剤の全質量を基準(100質量部)にして、500~4000質量部の量で用いることが好ましい。 These organic solvents can be used singly or in combination of two or more. The blending amount of the organic solvent is 500, based on the total mass of the colorant as a reference (100 parts by mass) from the viewpoint of adjusting the colored composition to an appropriate viscosity and forming a filter segment having a desired uniform film thickness. It is preferably used in an amount of ˜4000 parts by mass.
(顔料分散)
 着色組成物は、C.I.ピグメントレッド254と特定ヘテロDPP顔料とを特定の比率で含有するDPP系顔料組成物を、上記バインダー樹脂と有機溶剤とからなる着色剤担体中に、ニーダー、2本ロールミル、3本ロールミル、ボールミル、横型サンドミル、縦型サンドミル、アニュラー型ビーズミル、またはアトライター等の各種分散手段を用いて微細に分散して製造することができる。ここで、DPP系顔料組成物とその他の着色剤等を同時に着色剤担体に分散しても良いし、別々に着色材担体に分散したものを混合しても良い。
(Pigment dispersion)
The coloring composition is C.I. I. A DPP pigment composition containing Pigment Red 254 and a specific hetero DPP pigment in a specific ratio in a colorant carrier comprising the binder resin and an organic solvent, a kneader, a two-roll mill, a three-roll mill, a ball mill, It can be produced by finely dispersing using various dispersing means such as a horizontal sand mill, a vertical sand mill, an annular bead mill, or an attritor. Here, the DPP pigment composition and other colorants may be simultaneously dispersed in the colorant carrier, or those separately dispersed in the colorant carrier may be mixed.
 着色剤を着色剤担体中に分散する際に、適宜、色素誘導体、樹脂型分散剤、界面活性剤等の分散助剤を含有してもよい。分散助剤は、分散後の着色剤の再凝集を防止する効果が大きいので、分散助剤を用いて着色剤を着色剤担体中に分散してなる着色組成物は、コントラストおよび粘度安定性が良好になる。 When dispersing the colorant in the colorant carrier, a dispersion aid such as a pigment derivative, a resin-type dispersant, and a surfactant may be appropriately contained. Since the dispersion aid has a great effect of preventing re-aggregation of the colorant after dispersion, the color composition obtained by dispersing the colorant in the colorant carrier using the dispersion aid has contrast and viscosity stability. Become good.
(樹脂型分散剤および界面活性剤)
 樹脂型分散剤は、着色剤に吸着する性質を有する顔料親和性部位と、着色剤担体と相溶性のある部位とを有し、着色剤に吸着して着色剤の着色剤担体への分散を安定化する働きをするものである。樹脂型分散剤として具体的には、ポリウレタン、ポリアクリレート等のポリカルボン酸エステル、不飽和ポリアミド、ポリカルボン酸、ポリカルボン酸(部分)アミン塩、ポリカルボン酸アンモニウム塩、ポリカルボン酸アルキルアミン塩、ポリシロキサン、長鎖ポリアミノアマイドリン酸塩、水酸基含有ポリカルボン酸エステルや、これらの変性物、ポリ(低級アルキレンイミン)と遊離のカルボキシル基を有するポリエステルとの反応により形成されたアミドやその塩等の油性分散剤、(メタ)アクリル酸-スチレン共重合体、(メタ)アクリル酸-(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体、スチレン-マレイン酸共重合体、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルピロリドン等の水溶性樹脂や水溶性高分子化合物、ポリエステル系、変性ポリアクリレート系、エチレンオキサイド/プロピレンオキサイド付加化合物、燐酸エステル系等が用いられ、これらは単独でまたは2種以上を混合して用いることができるが、必ずしもこれらに限定されるものではない。
(Resin type dispersant and surfactant)
The resin-type dispersant has a pigment-affinity part having the property of adsorbing to the colorant and a part compatible with the colorant carrier, and adsorbs to the colorant to disperse the colorant to the colorant carrier. It works to stabilize. Specific examples of resin-type dispersants include polycarboxylic acid esters such as polyurethane and polyacrylate, unsaturated polyamides, polycarboxylic acids, polycarboxylic acid (partial) amine salts, polycarboxylic acid ammonium salts, and polycarboxylic acid alkylamine salts. , Polysiloxanes, long-chain polyaminoamide phosphates, hydroxyl group-containing polycarboxylic acid esters, their modified products, amides formed by the reaction of poly (lower alkyleneimines) and polyesters having free carboxyl groups, and their salts Oil-soluble dispersants such as (meth) acrylic acid-styrene copolymer, (meth) acrylic acid- (meth) acrylic ester copolymer, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, etc. Resin, water-soluble polymer, polyester, modified poly Acrylate-based, ethylene oxide / propylene oxide addition compound, phosphate ester-based and the like are used, they can be used alone or in admixture of two or more, not necessarily limited thereto.
 市販の樹脂型分散剤としては、
 ビックケミー・ジャパン社製のDisperbyk-101、103、107、108、110、111、116、130、140、154、161、162、163、164、165、166、170、171、174、180、181、182、183、184、185、190、2000、2001、2020、2025、2050、2070、2095、2150、2155、またはAnti-Terra-U、203、204、またはBYK-P104、P104S、220S、6919、またはLactimon、Lactimon-WSまたはBykumen等;
 日本ルーブリゾール社製のSOLSPERSE-3000、9000、13000、13240、13650、13940、16000、17000、18000、20000、21000、24000、26000、27000、28000、31845、32000、32500、32550、33500、32600、34750、35100、36600、38500、41000、41090、53095、55000、76500等;
 チバ・ジャパン社製のEFKA-46、47、48、452、4008、4009、4010、4015、4020、4047、4050、4055、4060、4080、4400、4401、4402、4403、4406、4408、4300、4310、4320、4330、4340、450、451、453、4540、4550、4560、4800、5010、5065、5066、5070、7500、7554、1101、120、150、1501、1502、1503等;
 味の素ファインテクノ社製のアジスパーPA111、PB711、PB821、PB822、PB824等が挙げられる。
As a commercially available resin-type dispersant,
Disperbyk-101, 103, 107, 108, 110, 111, 116, 130, 140, 154, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 170, 171, 174, 180, 181 manufactured by Big Chemie Japan 182, 183, 184, 185, 190, 2000, 2001, 2020, 2025, 2050, 2070, 2095, 2150, 2155, or Anti-Terra-U, 203, 204, or BYK-P104, P104S, 220S, 6919, Or Lactimon, Lactimon-WS or Bykumen, etc .;
SOLPERSE-3000, 9000, 13000, 13240, 13650, 13940, 16000, 17000, 18000, 20000, 21000, 24000, 26000, 27000, 28000, 31845, 32000, 32500, 32550, 33500, 32600, manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol 34750, 35100, 36600, 38500, 41000, 41090, 53095, 55000, 76500, etc .;
EFKA-46, 47, 48, 452, 4008, 4009, 4010, 4015, 4020, 4047, 4050, 4055, 4060, 4080, 4400, 4401, 4402, 4403, 4406, 4408, 4300, manufactured by Ciba Japan 4310, 4320, 4330, 4340, 450, 451, 453, 4540, 4550, 4560, 4800, 5010, 5065, 5066, 5070, 7500, 7554, 1101, 120, 150, 1501, 1502, 1503, etc .;
Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co., Ltd. Ajisper PA111, PB711, PB821, PB822, PB824, etc. are mentioned.
 界面活性剤としては、
 ラウリル硫酸ナトリウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル硫酸塩、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム、スチレン-アクリル酸共重合体のアルカリ塩、ステアリン酸ナトリウム、アルキルナフタリンスルホン酸ナトリウム、アルキルジフェニルエーテルジスルホン酸ナトリウム、ラウリル硫酸モノエタノールアミン、ラウリル硫酸トリエタノールアミン、ラウリル硫酸アンモニウム、ステアリン酸モノエタノールアミン、スチレン-アクリル酸共重合体のモノエタノールアミン、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステル等のアニオン性界面活性剤;
 ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノステアレート、ポリエチレングリコールモノラウレート等のノニオン性界面活性剤;
 アルキル4級アンモニウム塩やそれらのエチレンオキサイド付加物等のカオチン性界面活性剤;
 アルキルジメチルアミノ酢酸ベタイン等のアルキルベタイン、アルキルイミダゾリン等の両性界面活性剤が挙げられる。
 これらは単独でまたは2種以上を混合して用いることができるが、必ずしもこれらに限定されるものではない。
As surfactant,
Sodium lauryl sulfate, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate, alkali salt of styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, sodium stearate, sodium alkyl naphthalene sulfonate, sodium alkyl diphenyl ether disulfonate, monoethanolamine lauryl sulfate Anionic surfactants such as triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine stearate, monoethanolamine of styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate;
Nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate, polyethylene glycol monolaurate;
Chaotic surfactants such as alkyl quaternary ammonium salts and their ethylene oxide adducts;
Examples thereof include amphoteric surfactants such as alkylbetaines such as alkyldimethylaminoacetic acid betaine and alkylimidazolines.
These can be used alone or in admixture of two or more, but are not necessarily limited thereto.
 樹脂型分散剤および/または界面活性剤を添加する場合には、着色剤の全量を基準(100質量部)とし、その配合効果を得るために0.1質量部以上の量で配合することが好ましく、適切な分散性を得るために55質量部以下の量で使用することが好ましい。すなわち、好ましくは0.1~55質量部、さらに好ましくは0.1~45質量部である。 When a resin-type dispersant and / or a surfactant is added, the total amount of the colorant is used as a standard (100 parts by mass), and may be blended in an amount of 0.1 part by mass or more in order to obtain the blending effect. It is preferable to use it in an amount of 55 parts by mass or less in order to obtain appropriate dispersibility. That is, it is preferably 0.1 to 55 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 45 parts by mass.
 本発明の着色組成物は、さらに光重合性単量体および/または光重合開始剤を含み、感光性着色組成物として使用することができる。好ましい一実施形態において、この感光性着色組成物は、カラーフィルタ用着色組成物である。 The colored composition of the present invention further contains a photopolymerizable monomer and / or a photopolymerization initiator, and can be used as a photosensitive colored composition. In a preferred embodiment, the photosensitive coloring composition is a color filter coloring composition.
(光重合性単量体)
 使用される光重合性単量体には、紫外線や熱などにより硬化して透明樹脂を生成するモノマーもしくはオリゴマーが含まれ、これらを単独で、または2種以上混合して用いることができる。モノマーの配合量は、着色剤の全重量を基準(100質量部)として、5~400質量部であることが好ましく、光硬化性および現像性の観点から10~300質量部であることがより好ましい。
(Photopolymerizable monomer)
The photopolymerizable monomer used includes monomers or oligomers that are cured by ultraviolet rays or heat to produce a transparent resin, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the monomer is preferably 5 to 400 parts by mass based on the total weight of the colorant (100 parts by mass), and more preferably 10 to 300 parts by mass from the viewpoint of photocurability and developability. preferable.
 紫外線や熱などにより硬化して透明樹脂を生成するモノマー、オリゴマーとしては、例えば、
 メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、β-カルボキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテルジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテルジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテルジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカニル(メタ)アクリレート、エステルアクリレート、メチロール化メラミンの(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート、ウレタンアクリレート等の各種アクリル酸エステルおよびメタクリル酸エステル;
 (メタ)アクリル酸、スチレン、酢酸ビニル、ヒドロキシエチルビニルエーテル、エチレングリコールジビニルエーテル、ペンタエリスリトールトリビニルエーテル、(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ヒドロキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ビニルホルムアミド、アクリロニトリル等が挙げられるが、必ずしもこれらに限定されるものではない。
Examples of monomers and oligomers that are cured by ultraviolet rays or heat to produce a transparent resin include:
Methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, β-carboxyethyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) ) Acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, Pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether di (meth) a Relate, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether di (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecanyl (meth) acrylate, ester acrylate, methylolated melamine (meta ) Various acrylic esters and methacrylic esters such as acrylic esters, epoxy (meth) acrylates, urethane acrylates;
(Meth) acrylic acid, styrene, vinyl acetate, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, ethylene glycol divinyl ether, pentaerythritol trivinyl ether, (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-vinylformamide, acrylonitrile and the like. However, it is not necessarily limited to these.
(光重合開始剤)
 感光性着色組成物を紫外線照射により硬化させ、フォトリソグラフ法によりフィルタセグメントを形成する場合は、光重合開始剤を加えて、溶剤現像型あるいはアルカリ現像型着色レジスト材の形態で調整することができる。
(Photopolymerization initiator)
When a photosensitive coloring composition is cured by ultraviolet irradiation and a filter segment is formed by a photolithographic method, it can be adjusted in the form of a solvent development type or alkali development type colored resist material by adding a photopolymerization initiator. .
 光重合開始剤としては、
 4-フェノキシジクロロアセトフェノン、4-t-ブチル-ジクロロアセトフェノン、ジエトキシアセトフェノン、1-(4-イソプロピルフェニル)-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルホリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン、または2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタン-1-オン等のアセトフェノン系化合物;
 ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、またはベンジルジメチルケタール等のベンゾイン系化合物;
 ベンゾフェノン、ベンゾイル安息香酸、ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、4-フェニルベンゾフェノン、ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、アクリル化ベンゾフェノン、4-ベンゾイル-4’-メチルジフェニルサルファイド、または3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(t-ブチルパーオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン等のベンゾフェノン系化合物;
 チオキサントン、2-クロルチオキサントン、2-メチルチオキサントン、イソプロピルチオキサントン、2,4-ジイソプロピルチオキサントン、または2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン等のチオキサントン系化合物;
 2,4,6-トリクロロ-s-トリアジン、2-フェニル-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(p-メトキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(p-トリル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-ピペロニル-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2,4-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-6-スチリル-s-トリアジン、2-(ナフト-1-イル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4-メトキシ-ナフト-1-イル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2,4-トリクロロメチル-(ピペロニル)-6-トリアジン、または2,4-トリクロロメチル-(4’-メトキシスチリル)-6-トリアジン等のトリアジン系化合物;
 1,2-オクタンジオン,1-〔4-(フェニルチオ)-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)〕、またはO-(アセチル)-N-(1-フェニル-2-オキソ-2-(4’-メトキシ-ナフチル)エチリデン)ヒドロキシルアミン等のオキシムエステル系化合物;
 ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルホスフィンオキサイド、または2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルホスフィンオキサイド等のホスフィン系化合物;
 9,10-フェナンスレンキノン、カンファーキノン、エチルアントラキノン等のキノン系化合物;
 ボレート系化合物;カルバゾール系化合物;イミダゾール系化合物;あるいは、チタノセン系化合物等が用いられる。
As a photopolymerization initiator,
4-phenoxydichloroacetophenone, 4-t-butyl-dichloroacetophenone, diethoxyacetophenone, 1- (4-isopropylphenyl) -2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 2- Methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4- Acetophenone compounds such as morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone or 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butan-1-one;
Benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, or benzyldimethyl ketal;
Benzophenone, benzoylbenzoic acid, methyl benzoylbenzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, acrylated benzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenyl sulfide, or 3,3 ', 4,4'-tetra (t-butyl Peroxycarbonyl) benzophenone compounds such as benzophenone;
Thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone, or 2,4-diethylthioxanthone;
2,4,6-trichloro-s-triazine, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (p-methoxyphenyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s -Triazine, 2- (p-tolyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2-piperonyl-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2,4-bis (trichloro Methyl) -6-styryl-s-triazine, 2- (naphth-1-yl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (4-methoxy-naphth-1-yl) -4 , 6-Bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2,4-trichloromethyl- (piperonyl) -6-triazine, or 2,4-trichloromethyl- (4′-methoxystyryl)- Triazine compounds such as 6-triazine;
1,2-octanedione, 1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (O-benzoyloxime)], or O- (acetyl) -N- (1-phenyl-2-oxo-2- (4 ′ Oxime ester compounds such as -methoxy-naphthyl) ethylidene) hydroxylamine;
Phosphine compounds such as bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine oxide or 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide;
Quinone compounds such as 9,10-phenanthrenequinone, camphorquinone and ethylanthraquinone;
A borate compound; a carbazole compound; an imidazole compound; or a titanocene compound is used.
 これらの光重合開始剤は、1種または必要に応じて任意の比率で2種以上混合して用いることができる。これらの光重合開始剤は、感光性着色組成物中の着色剤の全量を基準(100質量部)として、2~200質量部であることが好ましく、光硬化性及び現像性の観点から3~150質量部であることがより好ましい。 These photopolymerization initiators can be used alone or as a mixture of two or more at any ratio as required. These photopolymerization initiators are preferably 2 to 200 parts by mass based on the total amount of the colorant in the photosensitive coloring composition (100 parts by mass), and 3 to 3 in terms of photocurability and developability. More preferably, it is 150 parts by mass.
(増感剤)
 感光性着色組成物にはさらに、増感剤を含有させることができる。
 増感剤としては、カルコン誘導体、ジベンザルアセトン等に代表される不飽和ケトン類、ベンジルやカンファーキノン等に代表される1,2-ジケトン誘導体、ベンゾイン誘導体、フルオレン誘導体、ナフトキノン誘導体、アントラキノン誘導体、キサンテン誘導体、チオキサンテン誘導体、キサントン誘導体、チオキサントン誘導体、クマリン誘導体、ケトクマリン誘導体、シアニン誘導体、メロシアニン誘導体、オキソノ-ル誘導体等のポリメチン色素、アクリジン誘導体、アジン誘導体、チアジン誘導体、オキサジン誘導体、インドリン誘導体、アズレン誘導体、アズレニウム誘導体、スクアリリウム誘導体、ポルフィリン誘導体、テトラフェニルポルフィリン誘導体、トリアリールメタン誘導体、テトラベンゾポルフィリン誘導体、テトラピラジノポルフィラジン誘導体、フタロシアニン誘導体、テトラアザポルフィラジン誘導体、テトラキノキサリロポルフィラジン誘導体、ナフタロシアニン誘導体、サブフタロシアニン誘導体、ピリリウム誘導体、チオピリリウム誘導体、テトラフィリン誘導体、アヌレン誘導体、スピロピラン誘導体、スピロオキサジン誘導体、チオスピロピラン誘導体、金属アレーン錯体、有機ルテニウム錯体、又はミヒラーケトン誘導体、α-アシロキシエステル、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド、メチルフェニルグリオキシレート、ベンジル、9,10-フェナンスレンキノン、カンファーキノン、エチルアンスラキノン、4,4’-ジエチルイソフタロフェノン、3,3’,又は4,4’-テトラ(t-ブチルパーオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジエチルアミノベンゾフェノン等が挙げられる。
(Sensitizer)
The photosensitive coloring composition can further contain a sensitizer.
Sensitizers include chalcone derivatives, unsaturated ketones such as dibenzalacetone, 1,2-diketone derivatives such as benzyl and camphorquinone, benzoin derivatives, fluorene derivatives, naphthoquinone derivatives, anthraquinone derivatives , Xanthene derivatives, thioxanthene derivatives, xanthone derivatives, thioxanthone derivatives, coumarin derivatives, ketocoumarin derivatives, cyanine derivatives, merocyanine derivatives, oxonol derivatives and other polymethine dyes, acridine derivatives, azine derivatives, thiazine derivatives, oxazine derivatives, indoline derivatives, Azulene derivatives, azurenium derivatives, squarylium derivatives, porphyrin derivatives, tetraphenylporphyrin derivatives, triarylmethane derivatives, tetrabenzoporphyrin derivatives, Trapirazinoporphyrazine derivatives, phthalocyanine derivatives, tetraazaporphyrazine derivatives, tetraquinoxalyloporphyrazine derivatives, naphthalocyanine derivatives, subphthalocyanine derivatives, pyrylium derivatives, thiopyrylium derivatives, tetraphyrin derivatives, annulene derivatives, spiropyran derivatives, spirooxazine Derivatives, thiospiropyran derivatives, metal arene complexes, organoruthenium complexes, or Michler's ketone derivatives, α-acyloxy esters, acylphosphine oxides, methylphenylglyoxylate, benzyl, 9,10-phenanthrenequinone, camphorquinone, ethyl Anthraquinone, 4,4'-diethylisophthalophenone, 3,3 ', or 4,4'-tetra (t-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzopheno And 4,4′-diethylaminobenzophenone.
 さらに具体的には、大河原信ら編、「色素ハンドブック」(1986年、講談社)、大河原信ら編、「機能性色素の化学」(1981年、シーエムシー)、池森忠三朗ら編、及び「特殊機能材料」(1986年、シーエムシー)に記載の増感剤が挙げられるがこれらに限定されるものではない。また、その他、紫外から近赤外域にかけての光に対して吸収を示す増感剤を含有させることもできる。 More specifically, edited by Shin Okawara et al., “Dye Handbook” (1986, Kodansha), edited by Shin Okawara et al., “Chemistry of Functional Dye” (1981, CMC), edited by Tadasaburo Ikemori et al. Examples include, but are not limited to, sensitizers described in "Special Functional Materials" (1986, CMC). In addition, a sensitizer that absorbs light from the ultraviolet region to the near infrared region can also be contained.
 増感剤は、必要に応じて任意の比率で二種以上用いてもかまわない。増感剤を使用する際の配合量は、感光性着色組成物中に含まれる光重合開始剤の全重量を基準(100質量部)として、3~60質量部であることが好ましく、光硬化性、現像性の観点から5~50質量部であることがより好ましい。 Two or more sensitizers may be used at an arbitrary ratio as necessary. The blending amount when using the sensitizer is preferably 3 to 60 parts by mass based on the total weight (100 parts by mass) of the photopolymerization initiator contained in the photosensitive coloring composition. From the viewpoints of colorability and developability, it is more preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass.
(アミン系化合物)
 着色組成物または感光性着色組成物には、溶存している酸素を還元する働きのあるアミン系化合物を含有させることができる。複数種のアミン化合物を併用してもよい。
(Amine compounds)
The coloring composition or the photosensitive coloring composition can contain an amine compound that functions to reduce dissolved oxygen. A plurality of types of amine compounds may be used in combination.
 このようなアミン系化合物としては、トリエタノールアミン、メチルジエタノールアミン、トリイソプロパノールアミン、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸メチル、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチル、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、安息香酸2-ジメチルアミノエチル、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸2-エチルヘキシル、およびN,N-ジメチルパラトルイジン等が挙げられる。 Examples of such amine compounds include triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-dimethylaminobenzoate. Examples include ethyl, 2-ethylhexyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, and N, N-dimethylparatoluidine.
(レベリング剤)
 着色組成物または感光性着色組成物には、透明基板上での組成物のレベリング性をよくするため、レベリング剤を添加することが好ましい。レベリング剤としては、主鎖にポリエーテル構造またはポリエステル構造を有するジメチルシロキサンが好ましい。主鎖にポリエーテル構造を有するジメチルシロキサンの具体例としては、東レ・ダウコーニング社製FZ-2122、ビックケミー社製BYK-333などが挙げられる。主鎖にポリエステル構造を有するジメチルシロキサンの具体例としては、ビックケミー社製BYK-310、BYK-370などが挙げられる。主鎖にポリエーテル構造を有するジメチルシロキサンと、主鎖にポリエステル構造を有するジメチルシロキサンとを併用することもできる。
 レベリング剤の含有量は通常、着色組成物または感光性着色組成物の全重量(100質量%)中に、0.003~0.5質量%用いることが好ましい。
(Leveling agent)
In order to improve the leveling property of the composition on the transparent substrate, it is preferable to add a leveling agent to the coloring composition or the photosensitive coloring composition. As the leveling agent, dimethylsiloxane having a polyether structure or a polyester structure in the main chain is preferable. Specific examples of dimethylsiloxane having a polyether structure in the main chain include FZ-2122 manufactured by Toray Dow Corning, BYK-333 manufactured by BYK Chemie. Specific examples of dimethylsiloxane having a polyester structure in the main chain include BYK-310 and BYK-370 manufactured by BYK Chemie. It is also possible to use dimethylsiloxane having a polyether structure in the main chain and dimethylsiloxane having a polyester structure in the main chain.
In general, the leveling agent is preferably used in an amount of 0.003 to 0.5% by mass in the total weight (100% by mass) of the colored composition or the photosensitive colored composition.
 レベリング剤として特に好ましいものとしては、分子内に疎水基と親水基を有するいわゆる界面活性剤の一種で、親水基を有しながらも水に対する溶解性が小さく、着色組成物に添加した場合、その表面張力低下能が低いという特徴を有し、さらに表面張力低下能が低いにも拘らずガラス板への濡れ性が良好なものが挙げられ、泡立ちによる塗膜の欠陥が出現しない添加量において十分に帯電性を抑止できるものが好ましく使用できる。このような好ましい特性を有するレベリング剤として、ポリアルキレンオキサイド単位を有するジメチルポリシロキサンが好ましく使用できる。ポリアルキレンオキサイド単位としては、ポリエチレンオキサイド単位、ポリプロピレンオキサイド単位があり、ジメチルポリシロキサンは、ポリエチレンオキサイド単位とポリプロピレンオキサイド単位とを共に有していてもよい。 Particularly preferred as a leveling agent is a kind of so-called surfactant having a hydrophobic group and a hydrophilic group in the molecule, having a hydrophilic group but low solubility in water, and when added to a coloring composition, It has the feature of low surface tension lowering ability, and also has good wettability to the glass plate even though the surface tension lowering ability is low. In particular, those capable of suppressing the chargeability can be preferably used. As a leveling agent having such preferable characteristics, dimethylpolysiloxane having a polyalkylene oxide unit can be preferably used. Examples of the polyalkylene oxide unit include a polyethylene oxide unit and a polypropylene oxide unit, and dimethylpolysiloxane may have both a polyethylene oxide unit and a polypropylene oxide unit.
 ポリアルキレンオキサイド単位のジメチルポリシロキサンとの結合形態は、ポリアルキレンオキサイド単位がジメチルポリシロキサンの繰り返し単位中に結合したペンダント型、ジメチルポリシロキサンの末端に結合した末端変性型、ジメチルポリシロキサンと交互に繰り返し結合した直鎖状のブロックコポリマー型のいずれであってもよい。ポリアルキレンオキサイド単位を有するジメチルポリシロキサンは、東レ・ダウコーニング株式会社から市販されており、例えば、FZ-2110、FZ-2122、FZ-2130、FZ-2166、FZ-2191、FZ-2203、FZ-2207が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 The bonding form of polyalkylene oxide units with dimethylpolysiloxane is as follows: pendant type in which polyalkylene oxide units are bonded in repeating units of dimethylpolysiloxane, terminal-modified type in which the end of dimethylpolysiloxane is bonded, and alternating with dimethylpolysiloxane. Any of a linear block copolymer type bonded repeatedly may be used. Dimethylpolysiloxanes having polyalkylene oxide units are commercially available from Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd., for example, FZ-2110, FZ-2122, FZ-2130, FZ-2166, FZ-2191, FZ-2203, FZ -2207, but is not limited thereto.
 レベリング剤には、アニオン性、カチオン性、ノニオン性、または両性の界面活性剤を補助的に加えることも可能である。界面活性剤は、2種以上混合して使用しても構わない。
 レベリング剤に補助的に加えるアニオン性界面活性剤としては、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル硫酸塩、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム、スチレン-アクリル酸共重合体のアルカリ塩、アルキルナフタリンスルホン酸ナトリウム、アルキルジフェニルエーテルジスルホン酸ナトリウム、ラウリル硫酸モノエタノールアミン、ラウリル硫酸トリエタノールアミン、ラウリル硫酸アンモニウム、ステアリン酸モノエタノールアミン、ステアリン酸ナトリウム、ラウリル硫酸ナトリウム、スチレン-アクリル酸共重合体のモノエタノールアミン、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステルなどが挙げられる。
An anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric surfactant can be supplementarily added to the leveling agent. Two or more kinds of surfactants may be mixed and used.
Anionic surfactants added to the leveling agent as auxiliary agents include polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate, alkali salt of styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, sodium alkyl naphthalene sulfonate, alkyl diphenyl ether disulfonic acid Sodium, lauryl sulfate monoethanolamine, lauryl sulfate triethanolamine, ammonium lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine stearate, sodium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine of styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate Examples include esters.
 レベリング剤に補助的に加えるカオチン性界面活性剤としては、アルキル4級アンモニウム塩やそれらのエチレンオキサイド付加物が挙げられる。
 レベリング剤に補助的に加えるノニオン性界面活性剤としては、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノステアレート、ポリエチレングリコールモノラウレートなどのエーテル型またはエステル型界面活性剤が挙げられる。
 さらに、アルキルジメチルアミノ酢酸ベタインなどのアルキルベタイン、アルキルイミダゾリンなどの両性界面活性剤を用いてもよいし、フッ素系やシリコーン系の界面活性剤を用いてもよい。
Examples of the chaotic surfactant that is supplementarily added to the leveling agent include alkyl quaternary ammonium salts and their ethylene oxide adducts.
Nonionic surfactants added to the leveling agent as auxiliary agents include polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate And ether type or ester type surfactants such as polyethylene glycol monolaurate.
Furthermore, amphoteric surfactants such as alkylbetaines such as alkyldimethylaminoacetic acid betaine and alkylimidazolines may be used, and fluorine or silicone surfactants may be used.
(硬化剤、硬化促進剤)
 着色組成物または感光性着色組成物は、熱硬化性樹脂の硬化を補助するため、必要に応じて、硬化剤および/または硬化促進剤などを含んでいてもよい。
 硬化剤としては、フェノール系樹脂、アミン系化合物、酸無水物、活性エステル、カルボン酸系化合物、スルホン酸系化合物などが有効であるが、特にこれらに限定されるものではなく、熱硬化性樹脂と反応し得るものであれば、いずれの硬化剤を使用してもよい。これらの中でも、1分子内に2個以上のフェノール性水酸基を有する化合物、アミン系硬化剤が好ましく挙げられる。これらは1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 硬化剤は、熱硬化性樹脂全量(100質量部)に対し、1~100質量部の量で含まれることが好ましい。
(Curing agent, curing accelerator)
The coloring composition or the photosensitive coloring composition may contain a curing agent and / or a curing accelerator as necessary in order to assist the curing of the thermosetting resin.
As the curing agent, phenolic resins, amine compounds, acid anhydrides, active esters, carboxylic acid compounds, sulfonic acid compounds and the like are effective, but are not particularly limited to these, and thermosetting resins. Any curing agent may be used as long as it can react with the. Among these, a compound having two or more phenolic hydroxyl groups in one molecule and an amine curing agent are preferable. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The curing agent is preferably contained in an amount of 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to the total amount (100 parts by mass) of the thermosetting resin.
 上記硬化促進剤としては、例えば、アミン化合物(例えば、ジシアンジアミド、ベンジルジメチルアミン、4-(ジメチルアミノ)-N,N-ジメチルベンジルアミン、4-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルベンジルアミン、4-メチル-N,N-ジメチルベンジルアミン等)、4級アンモニウム塩化合物(例えば、トリエチルベンジルアンモニウムクロリド等)、ブロックイソシアネート化合物(例えば、ジメチルアミン等)、イミダゾール誘導体二環式アミジン化合物およびその塩(例えば、イミダゾール、2-メチルイミダゾール、2-エチルイミダゾール、2-エチル-4-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニルイミダゾール、4-フェニルイミダゾール、1-シアノエチル-2-フェニルイミダゾール、1-(2-シアノエチル)-2-エチル-4-メチルイミダゾール等)、リン化合物(例えば、トリフェニルホスフィン等)、グアナミン化合物(例えば、メラミン、グアナミン、アセトグアナミン、ベンゾグアナミン等)、S-トリアジン誘導体(例えば、2,4-ジアミノ-6-メタクリロイルオキシエチル-S-トリアジン、2-ビニル-2,4-ジアミノ-S-トリアジン、2-ビニル-4,6-ジアミノ-S-トリアジン・イソシアヌル酸付加物、2,4-ジアミノ-6-メタクリロイルオキシエチル-S-トリアジン・イソシアヌル酸付加物等)などを用いることができる。これらは1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 上記硬化促進剤の含有量としては、熱硬化性樹脂全量(100質量部)に対し、0.01~15質量部が好ましい。
Examples of the curing accelerator include amine compounds (for example, dicyandiamide, benzyldimethylamine, 4- (dimethylamino) -N, N-dimethylbenzylamine, 4-methoxy-N, N-dimethylbenzylamine, 4-methyl). -N, N-dimethylbenzylamine etc.), quaternary ammonium salt compounds (eg triethylbenzylammonium chloride etc.), blocked isocyanate compounds (eg dimethylamine etc.), imidazole derivative bicyclic amidine compounds and salts thereof (eg Imidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 2-ethylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 4-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1- (2-cyanoethyl) -2- Til-4-methylimidazole, etc.), phosphorus compounds (eg, triphenylphosphine, etc.), guanamine compounds (eg, melamine, guanamine, acetoguanamine, benzoguanamine, etc.), S-triazine derivatives (eg, 2,4-diamino-6) -Methacryloyloxyethyl-S-triazine, 2-vinyl-2,4-diamino-S-triazine, 2-vinyl-4,6-diamino-S-triazine isocyanuric acid adduct, 2,4-diamino-6- And methacryloyloxyethyl-S-triazine / isocyanuric acid adduct). These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the curing accelerator is preferably 0.01 to 15 parts by mass with respect to the total amount (100 parts by mass) of the thermosetting resin.
(その他の添加剤成分)
 着色組成物または感光性着色組成物には、経時粘度を安定化させるために貯蔵安定剤を含有させることができる。また、透明基板との密着性を高めるためにシランカップリング剤等の密着向上剤を含有させることもできる。
(Other additive components)
The coloring composition or the photosensitive coloring composition may contain a storage stabilizer in order to stabilize the viscosity with time. Moreover, in order to improve adhesiveness with a transparent substrate, adhesion improving agents, such as a silane coupling agent, can also be contained.
 貯蔵安定剤としては、例えば、ベンジルトリメチルクロライド、ジエチルヒドロキシアミンなどの4級アンモニウムクロライド;乳酸、シュウ酸などの有機酸およびそのメチルエーテル;t-ブチルピロカテコール;テトラエチルホスフィン、テトラフェニルフォスフィンなどの有機ホスフィン;亜リン酸塩等が挙げられる。
 貯蔵安定剤は、着色剤の全量を基準として(着色剤100質量部に対し)、0.1~10質量部の量で用いることができる。
Examples of storage stabilizers include quaternary ammonium chlorides such as benzyltrimethyl chloride and diethylhydroxyamine; organic acids such as lactic acid and oxalic acid and methyl ethers thereof; t-butylpyrocatechol; tetraethylphosphine and tetraphenylphosphine. Organic phosphines; phosphites and the like.
The storage stabilizer can be used in an amount of 0.1 to 10 parts by mass based on the total amount of the colorant (based on 100 parts by mass of the colorant).
 密着向上剤としては、
 ビニルトリス(β-メトキシエトキシ)シラン、ビニルエトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン等のビニルシラン類;
 γ-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン等の(メタ)アクリルシラン類;
 β-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、β-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)メチルトリメトキシシラン、β-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリエトキシシラン、β-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)メチルトリエトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン等のエポキシシラン類;
 N-β(アミノエチル)γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-β(アミノエチル)γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-β(アミノエチル)γ-アミノプロピルメチルジエトキシシシラン、γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-フェニル-γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-フェニル-γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン等のアミノシラン類;
 γ-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-メルカプトプロピルトリエトキシシラン等のチオシラン類;等のシランカップリング剤が挙げられる。密着向上剤は、着色組成物または感光性着色組成物中の着色剤の全量を基準として(着色剤100質量部に対し)、0.01~10質量部、好ましくは0.05~5質量部の量で用いることができる。
As an adhesion improver,
Vinylsilanes such as vinyltris (β-methoxyethoxy) silane, vinylethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane;
(meth) acrylsilanes such as γ-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane;
β- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, β- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) methyltrimethoxysilane, β- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltriethoxysilane, β- (3, Epoxy silanes such as 4-epoxycyclohexyl) methyltriethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane;
N-β (aminoethyl) γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-β (aminoethyl) γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-β (aminoethyl) γ-aminopropylmethyldiethoxysilane, γ-amino Aminosilanes such as propyltriethoxysilane, γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane;
Silane coupling agents such as thiosilanes such as γ-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane and γ-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane; The adhesion improver is 0.01 to 10 parts by weight, preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by weight, based on the total amount of the colorant in the coloring composition or photosensitive coloring composition (based on 100 parts by weight of the coloring agent). Can be used.
(粗大粒子の除去)
 着色組成物および感光性着色組成物において、遠心分離、焼結フィルタやメンブレンフィルタによる濾過等の手段にて、一次粒子径が5μm以上の粗大粒子、好ましくは1μm以上の粗大粒子、さらに好ましくは0.5μm以上の粗大粒子および混入した塵の除去を行うことが好ましい。このように着色組成物は、実質的に0.5μm以上の粒子を含まないことが好ましく、0.3μmより大きな粒子を含まない(0.3μm以下である)ことがより好ましい。
(Removal of coarse particles)
In the coloring composition and the photosensitive coloring composition, coarse particles having a primary particle size of 5 μm or more, preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 0, by means of centrifugation, filtration with a sintered filter or a membrane filter, or the like. It is preferable to remove coarse particles of 5 μm or more and mixed dust. Thus, it is preferable that the coloring composition does not substantially contain particles of 0.5 μm or more, and more preferably does not contain particles larger than 0.3 μm (0.3 μm or less).
3.カラーフィルタ
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、本発明に係るDPP系顔料組成物を含有する着色組成物または感光性着色組成物から形成されるフィルタセグメントを有するものである。すなわち、本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、赤色フィルタセグメント、緑色フィルタセグメント、および青色フィルタセグメントを備え、該赤色フィルタセグメントが、本発明に係るDPP系顔料組成物を含有する着色組成物または感光性着色組成物から形成されるものである。
3. Color filter The color filter which concerns on this invention has a filter segment formed from the coloring composition containing the DPP type pigment composition which concerns on this invention, or a photosensitive coloring composition. That is, the color filter according to the present invention includes a red filter segment, a green filter segment, and a blue filter segment, and the red filter segment contains a DPP pigment composition according to the present invention or a photosensitive coloring. It is formed from a composition.
 緑色フィルタセグメントは、任意の緑色顔料と任意の着色剤担体(バインダー樹脂と有機溶剤、以下同じ)を含む通常の緑色着色組成物を用いて形成することができる。緑色顔料としては、例えばC.I.ピグメントグリーン7、10、36、37、58等が用いられる。 The green filter segment can be formed using an ordinary green coloring composition containing an arbitrary green pigment and an optional colorant carrier (binder resin and organic solvent, the same applies hereinafter). Examples of the green pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, etc. are used.
 緑色着色組成物には、黄色顔料を併用することができる。併用可能な黄色顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1、2、3、4、5、6、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77、81、83、93、94、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、117、118、119、120、123、126、127、128、129、138、139、147、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、181、182、185、187、188、193、194、198、199、213、214、218、219、220、または221等の黄色顔料を挙げることができる。黄色を呈する塩基性染料、酸性染料の造塩化合物を併用することもできる。 A yellow pigment can be used in combination with the green coloring composition. Examples of yellow pigments that can be used in combination include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 147, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 82,185,187,188,193,194,198,199,213,214,218,219,220, or it can be given a yellow pigment 221, and the like. A basic dye exhibiting a yellow color and a salt-forming compound of an acid dye may be used in combination.
 青色フィルタセグメントは、任意の青色顔料と任意の着色剤担体を含む通常の青色着色組成物を用いて形成することができる。青色顔料としては、例えばC.I.ピグメントブルー15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、22、60、64等が用いられる。青色着色組成物には、紫色顔料を併用することができる。併用可能な紫色顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1、19、23、27、29、30、32、37、40、42、50等の紫色顔料を挙げることができる。青色や紫色を呈する塩基性染料、酸性染料の造塩化合物を使用することもできる。染料を使用する場合、キサンテン系染料が耐熱性と明度の点で好ましい。 The blue filter segment can be formed using a normal blue coloring composition containing an arbitrary blue pigment and an arbitrary colorant carrier. Examples of blue pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 22, 60, 64, etc. are used. A purple pigment can be used in combination with the blue coloring composition. Examples of purple pigments that can be used in combination include C.I. I. And violet pigments such as CI Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 29, 30, 32, 37, 40, 42, and 50. A basic dye exhibiting blue or purple or a salt-forming compound of an acid dye can also be used. When using a dye, a xanthene dye is preferable in terms of heat resistance and lightness.
(カラーフィルタの製造方法)
 カラーフィルタは、印刷法またはフォトリソグラフィー法により、製造することができる。
 印刷法によるフィルタセグメントの形成は、印刷インキとして調製した着色組成物の印刷と乾燥を繰り返すだけでパターン化ができるため、カラーフィルタの製造法としては、低コストで量産性に優れている。さらに、印刷技術の発展により高い寸法精度および平滑度を有する微細パターンの印刷を行うことができる。印刷を行うためには、印刷の版上において、あるいはブランケット上においてインキが乾燥、固化しないような組成とすることが好ましい。また、印刷機上でのインキの流動性の制御も重要であり、分散剤や体質顔料によるインキ粘度の調整を行うこともできる。
(Color filter manufacturing method)
The color filter can be manufactured by a printing method or a photolithography method.
The formation of the filter segment by the printing method can be patterned simply by repeating the printing and drying of the coloring composition prepared as the printing ink. Therefore, the color filter manufacturing method is low in cost and excellent in mass productivity. Furthermore, it is possible to print a fine pattern having high dimensional accuracy and smoothness by the development of printing technology. In order to perform printing, it is preferable that the ink is not dried and solidified on the printing plate or on the blanket. Control of ink fluidity on a printing press is also important, and ink viscosity can be adjusted with a dispersant or extender pigment.
 フォトリソグラフィー法によりフィルタセグメントを形成する場合は、上記溶剤現像型あるいはアルカリ現像型着色レジスト材として調製した着色組成物を、透明基板上に、スプレーコートやスピンコート、スリットコート、ロールコート等の塗布方法により、乾燥膜厚が0.2~5μmとなるように塗布する。必要により乾燥された膜には、この膜と接触あるいは非接触状態で設けられた所定のパターンを有するマスクを通して紫外線露光を行う。その後、溶剤またはアルカリ現像液に浸漬するかもしくはスプレーなどにより現像液を噴霧して未硬化部を除去して、所望のパターンを形成したのち、同様の操作を他色について繰り返してカラーフィルタを製造することができる。さらに、着色レジスト材の重合を促進するため、必要に応じて加熱を施すこともできる。フォトリソグラフィー法によれば、上記印刷法より精度の高いカラーフィルタが製造できる。 When the filter segment is formed by photolithography, the colored composition prepared as a solvent developing type or alkali developing type colored resist material is applied on a transparent substrate by spray coating, spin coating, slit coating, roll coating or the like. By the method, it is applied so that the dry film thickness is 0.2 to 5 μm. If necessary, the dried film is exposed to ultraviolet light through a mask having a predetermined pattern provided in contact with or non-contact with the film. Then, after immersing in a solvent or alkali developer or spraying the developer with a spray or the like to remove uncured parts to form a desired pattern, the same operation is repeated for other colors to produce a color filter. can do. Furthermore, in order to accelerate the polymerization of the colored resist material, heating can be performed as necessary. According to the photolithography method, a color filter with higher accuracy than the above printing method can be manufactured.
 現像に際しては、アルカリ現像液として炭酸ナトリウム、水酸化ナトリウム等の水溶液が使用され、ジメチルベンジルアミン、トリエタノールアミン等の有機アルカリを用いることもできる。また、現像液には、消泡剤や界面活性剤を添加することもできる。なお、紫外線露光感度を上げるために、上記着色レジストを塗布乾燥後、水溶性あるいはアルカリ水溶性樹脂、例えばポリビニルアルコールや水溶性アクリル樹脂等を塗布乾燥して酸素による重合阻害を防止する膜を形成した後、紫外線露光を行うこともできる。 In the development, an aqueous solution such as sodium carbonate or sodium hydroxide is used as an alkali developer, and an organic alkali such as dimethylbenzylamine or triethanolamine can also be used. Moreover, an antifoamer and surfactant can also be added to a developing solution. In order to increase the sensitivity to UV exposure, after coating and drying the colored resist, a water-soluble or alkaline water-soluble resin such as polyvinyl alcohol or water-soluble acrylic resin is applied and dried to form a film that prevents polymerization inhibition by oxygen. Then, ultraviolet exposure can be performed.
 本発明のカラーフィルタは、上記方法の他に電着法、転写法などにより製造することができ、本発明に係る着色組成物または感光性着色組成物は、いずれの方法にも用いることができる。電着法は、基板上に形成した透明導電膜を利用して、コロイド粒子の電気泳動により各色フィルタセグメントを透明導電膜の上に電着形成することでカラーフィルタを製造する方法である。転写法は剥離性の転写ベースシートの表面に、あらかじめフィルタセグメントを形成しておき、このフィルタセグメントを所望の基板に転写させる方法である。 The color filter of the present invention can be produced by an electrodeposition method, a transfer method, or the like in addition to the above method, and the colored composition or the photosensitive colored composition according to the present invention can be used in any method. . The electrodeposition method is a method for producing a color filter by electrodepositing each color filter segment on a transparent conductive film by electrophoresis of colloidal particles using a transparent conductive film formed on a substrate. The transfer method is a method in which a filter segment is formed in advance on the surface of a peelable transfer base sheet, and this filter segment is transferred to a desired substrate.
 透明基板あるいは反射基板上に各色フィルタセグメントを形成する前に、あらかじめブラックマトリクスを形成することができる。ブラックマトリクスとしては、クロムやクロム/酸化クロムの多層膜、窒化チタニウムなどの無機膜や、遮光剤を分散した樹脂膜が用いられるが、これらに限定されない。また、上記の透明基板あるいは反射基板上に薄膜トランジスター(TFT)をあらかじめ形成しておき、その後に各色フィルタセグメントを形成することもできる。また、カラーフィルタ上には、必要に応じてオーバーコート膜や透明導電膜などが形成される。 A black matrix can be formed in advance before forming each color filter segment on a transparent substrate or a reflective substrate. As the black matrix, a chromium, chromium / chromium oxide multilayer film, an inorganic film such as titanium nitride, or a resin film in which a light-shielding agent is dispersed is used, but is not limited thereto. Further, a thin film transistor (TFT) may be formed in advance on the transparent substrate or the reflective substrate, and then each color filter segment may be formed. An overcoat film, a transparent conductive film, or the like is formed on the color filter as necessary.
 以下に、本発明を実施例に基づいて説明するが、本発明はこれによって限定されるものではない。実施例および比較例中、「部」とは「質量部」を意味する。
 顔料組成物または着色組成物の製造時に、色素誘導体として、式(6-3)のDPP誘導体、式(7-1)のベンゾイソインドール誘導体、式(8-5)のアントラキノン誘導体、および式(14-1)のキノフタロン誘導体を使用した。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described based on examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the examples and comparative examples, “part” means “part by mass”.
At the time of producing the pigment composition or the colored composition, as the dye derivative, a DPP derivative of the formula (6-3), a benzoisoindole derivative of the formula (7-1), an anthraquinone derivative of the formula (8-5), and a formula ( The quinophthalone derivative of 14-1) was used.
(顔料組成物の平均一次粒子径)
 次の方法により、製造した顔料組成物の平均一次粒子径を測定(算出)した。
 顔料組成物の粉末にプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを加え、樹脂型分散剤としてDisperbyk-161を少量添加し、超音波で1分間処理し測定用試料を調整した。この試料を透過型(TEM)電子顕微鏡により、100個以上の顔料の一次粒子が確認出来る写真を3枚(3視野分)撮影し、それぞれ左上から順番に100個の一次粒子の大きさを測定した。具体的には、個々の顔料の一次粒子の短軸径と長軸径をnm単位で計測し、その平均をその顔料粒子の一次粒子径とし、合計300個の分布を5nm刻みで作成し、5nm刻みの中央値(例えば6nm以上10nm以下の場合は8nm)をそれらの粒子の粒子径として近似し、それぞれの粒子径とその数を基に計算することで個数平均粒子径を算出した。
(Average primary particle diameter of pigment composition)
The average primary particle diameter of the produced pigment composition was measured (calculated) by the following method.
Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to the powder of the pigment composition, a small amount of Disperbyk-161 was added as a resin-type dispersant, and the sample for measurement was prepared by treatment with ultrasonic waves for 1 minute. This sample was taken with a transmission (TEM) electron microscope and three photographs (for 3 fields of view) showing the primary particles of 100 or more pigments were taken, and the size of 100 primary particles was measured in order from the upper left. did. Specifically, the short axis diameter and the long axis diameter of the primary particles of each pigment are measured in nm units, the average is the primary particle diameter of the pigment particles, and a total of 300 distributions are created in increments of 5 nm. A median value in increments of 5 nm (for example, 8 nm in the case of 6 nm or more and 10 nm or less) was approximated as the particle diameter of those particles, and the number average particle diameter was calculated by calculating based on each particle diameter and the number thereof.
1.特定ヘテロジケトピロロピロール顔料の製造
(化合物 式(15)の製造)
 下記式(15)の化合物を、Tetrahedron, 58(2002)5547-5565に記載の方法により合成した。
1. Production of specific heterodiketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (production of compound formula (15))
The compound of the following formula (15) was synthesized by the method described in Tetrahedron, 58 (2002) 5547-5565.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(特定ヘテロジケトピロロピロール顔料 式(1-1a)の製造)
 反応容器1にtert-アミルアルコール220部を入れて水浴冷却させながら、60%NaH32部を加えて、90℃にて加熱攪拌させた。次いで、反応容器2にtert-アミルアルコール200部、上記式(15)の化合物93.0部、および4-カルバモイルベンゾニトリル54.8部を入れて80℃で加熱し、これを反応容器1に2時間かけて滴下した。120℃で10時間反応させた後、60℃まで冷却させ、メタノール400部、および酢酸50部を加えてから、濾別、メタノール洗浄および乾燥を行い、式(1-1a)で表される特定ヘテロDPP顔料58.3部を得た。
(特定ヘテロDPP顔料の同定方法)
 特定ヘテロDPP顔料の同定は、ブルカー・ダルトニクス社製MALDI質量分析装置autoflexII(以下TOF-MSと称す)を用い、得られたマススペクトラムの分子イオンピークと、計算によって得られる質量数との一致をもって同定した。
 TOF-MSによる質量分析の結果、m/Z値は365.09であり、式(1-1a)で表される特定ヘテロDPP顔料であることを同定した。以下の特定ヘテロDPP化合物についても、合成物に対し同様の特定を行った。
(Specific Heterodiketopyrrolopyrrole Pigment Formula (1-1a) Production)
While adding 220 parts of tert-amyl alcohol to the reaction vessel 1 and cooling with a water bath, 32 parts of 60% NaH was added and heated and stirred at 90 ° C. Next, 200 parts of tert-amyl alcohol, 93.0 parts of the compound of the above formula (15), and 54.8 parts of 4-carbamoylbenzonitrile are placed in the reaction vessel 2 and heated at 80 ° C. It was dripped over 2 hours. After reacting at 120 ° C. for 10 hours, cooling to 60 ° C., adding 400 parts of methanol and 50 parts of acetic acid, followed by filtration, washing with methanol and drying, the specificity represented by formula (1-1a) 58.3 parts of hetero-DPP pigment were obtained.
(Identification method of specific hetero DPP pigment)
The identification of the specific hetero-DPP pigment is performed by using the MALDI mass spectrometer autoflex II (hereinafter referred to as TOF-MS) manufactured by Bruker Daltonics, Inc., with the coincidence between the molecular ion peak of the obtained mass spectrum and the mass number obtained by calculation. Identified.
As a result of mass spectrometry by TOF-MS, the m / Z value was 365.09, and it was identified as a specific hetero DPP pigment represented by the formula (1-1a). The following specific hetero DPP compounds were similarly identified for the synthesized products.
(特定ヘテロジケトピロロピロール顔料 式(1-1b)の製造)
 4-カルバモイルベンゾニトリル54.8部を、4-(ブチルカルバモイル)ベンゾニトリル75.8部に変更した以外は、式(1-1a)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料の製造と同様に行い、式(1-1b)で表される特定ヘテロDPP顔料65.9部を得た。
(Production of Specific Heterodiketopyrrolopyrrole Pigment Formula (1-1b))
Except that 54.8 parts of 4-carbamoylbenzonitrile was changed to 75.8 parts of 4- (butylcarbamoyl) benzonitrile, the production was carried out in the same manner as in the production of the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1a). -1b) to obtain 65.9 parts of the specific hetero DPP pigment.
(特定ヘテロジケトピロロピロール顔料 式(1-1c)の製造)
 窒素雰囲気下、還流管を付けた反応容器にトルエン200部を入れ、4-シアノベンゾイルクロリド99.4部を加えて、90℃にて加熱攪拌させた。次いで、ジブチルアミン79.5部を反応容器に1時間かけて滴下した。100℃で4時間反応させた後、室温まで冷却させ、酢酸エチル500部、および2N水酸化ナトリウム水溶液500部を加えて、抽出を行った。有機層に飽和食塩水500部を加えて、抽出を行った。さらに、得られた有機層に活性炭と硫酸ナトリウムを加えてセライト濾過し、溶媒を除去することにより、下記式(2-1c)の化合物135.5部を得た。
(Production of Specific Heterodiketopyrrolopyrrole Pigment Formula (1-1c))
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 200 parts of toluene was placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a reflux tube, 99.4 parts of 4-cyanobenzoyl chloride was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C. Next, 79.5 parts of dibutylamine was added dropwise to the reaction vessel over 1 hour. After reacting at 100 ° C. for 4 hours, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and extracted by adding 500 parts of ethyl acetate and 500 parts of 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. Extraction was performed by adding 500 parts of saturated saline to the organic layer. Further, activated carbon and sodium sulfate were added to the obtained organic layer, and the mixture was filtered through Celite, and the solvent was removed to obtain 135.5 parts of a compound of the following formula (2-1c).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 反応容器1にtert-アミルアルコール220部を入れて水浴冷却させながら、60%NaH32部を加えて、90℃にて加熱攪拌させた。次いで、反応容器2にtert-アミルアルコール200部、上記式(15)の化合物93.0部、および上記式(2-1c)のベンゾニトリル化合物98.2部を入れて加熱溶解し、これを反応容器1に2時間かけて滴下した。120℃で10時間反応させた後、60℃まで冷却させ、メタノール400部、および酢酸50部を加えてから、濾別、メタノール洗浄および乾燥を行い、式(1-1c)で表される特定ヘテロDPP顔料74.1部を得た。 While adding 220 parts of tert-amyl alcohol to the reaction vessel 1 and cooling with a water bath, 32 parts of 60% NaH was added and heated and stirred at 90 ° C. Next, 200 parts of tert-amyl alcohol, 93.0 parts of the compound of the above formula (15), and 98.2 parts of the benzonitrile compound of the above formula (2-1c) are placed in the reaction vessel 2 and dissolved by heating. The reaction vessel 1 was added dropwise over 2 hours. After reacting at 120 ° C. for 10 hours, cooling to 60 ° C., adding 400 parts of methanol and 50 parts of acetic acid, followed by filtration, washing with methanol and drying, the specificity represented by formula (1-1c) 74.1 parts of hetero-DPP pigment were obtained.
(特定ヘテロジケトピロロピロール顔料 式(1-1d)の製造)
 窒素雰囲気下、還流管を付けた反応容器にトルエン200部を入れ、4-シアノベンゾイルクロリド99.4部を加えて、90℃にて加熱攪拌させた。次いで、オクチルアミン79.5部を反応容器に1時間かけて滴下した。100℃で4時間反応させた後、室温まで冷却させ、酢酸エチル500部、および2N水酸化ナトリウム水溶液500部を加えて、抽出を行った。有機層に飽和食塩水500部を加えて、抽出を行った。さらに、得られた有機層に活性炭と硫酸ナトリウムを加えてセライト濾過し、溶媒を除去することにより、4-(オクチルカルバモイル)ベンゾニトリル127.9部を得た。
(Production of specific heterodiketopyrrolopyrrole pigment formula (1-1d))
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 200 parts of toluene was placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a reflux tube, 99.4 parts of 4-cyanobenzoyl chloride was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C. Next, 79.5 parts of octylamine was added dropwise to the reaction vessel over 1 hour. After reacting at 100 ° C. for 4 hours, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and extracted by adding 500 parts of ethyl acetate and 500 parts of 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. Extraction was performed by adding 500 parts of saturated saline to the organic layer. Furthermore, activated carbon and sodium sulfate were added to the obtained organic layer, and the mixture was filtered through Celite, and the solvent was removed to obtain 127.9 parts of 4- (octylcarbamoyl) benzonitrile.
 反応容器1にtert-アミルアルコール220部を入れて水浴冷却させながら、60%NaH32部を加えて、90℃にて加熱攪拌させた。次いで、反応容器2にtert-アミルアルコール200部、上記式(15)の化合物93.0部、および4-(オクチルカルバモイル)ベンゾニトリル98.2部を入れて加熱溶解し、これを反応容器1に2時間かけて滴下した。120℃で10時間反応させた後、60℃まで冷却させ、メタノール400部、および酢酸50部を加えてから、濾別、メタノール洗浄および乾燥を行い、式(1-1d)で表される特定ヘテロDPP顔料68.3部を得た。 While adding 220 parts of tert-amyl alcohol to the reaction vessel 1 and cooling with a water bath, 32 parts of 60% NaH was added and heated and stirred at 90 ° C. Next, 200 parts of tert-amyl alcohol, 93.0 parts of the compound of the above formula (15), and 98.2 parts of 4- (octylcarbamoyl) benzonitrile are placed in a reaction vessel 2 and dissolved by heating. Over 2 hours. After reacting at 120 ° C. for 10 hours, cooling to 60 ° C., adding 400 parts of methanol and 50 parts of acetic acid, followed by filtration, washing with methanol and drying, the specificity represented by the formula (1-1d) 68.3 parts of hetero-DPP pigment were obtained.
(特定ヘテロジケトピロロピロール顔料 式(1-1g)の製造)
 窒素雰囲気下、還流管を付けた反応容器にトルエン100部を入れ、4-シアノベンゾイルクロリド33.1部を加えて、90℃にて加熱攪拌させた。次いで、オクタデシルアミン56.6部を反応容器に1時間かけて滴下した。100℃で4時間反応させた後、室温まで冷却させ、酢酸エチル400部、および2N水酸化ナトリウム水溶液400部を加えて、抽出を行った。有機層に飽和食塩水400部を加えて、抽出を行った。さらに、得られた有機層に活性炭と硫酸ナトリウムを加えてセライト濾過し、溶媒を除去することにより、4-(オクタデシルカルバモイル)ベンゾニトリル73.3部を得た。
(Production of specific heterodiketopyrrolopyrrole pigment formula (1-1 g))
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 100 parts of toluene was placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a reflux tube, 33.1 parts of 4-cyanobenzoyl chloride was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C. Subsequently, 56.6 parts of octadecylamine was dripped at reaction container over 1 hour. After reacting at 100 ° C. for 4 hours, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and extracted by adding 400 parts of ethyl acetate and 400 parts of 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. Extraction was performed by adding 400 parts of saturated saline to the organic layer. Furthermore, activated carbon and sodium sulfate were added to the obtained organic layer, and the mixture was filtered through Celite, and the solvent was removed to obtain 73.3 parts of 4- (octadecylcarbamoyl) benzonitrile.
 反応容器1にtert-アミルアルコール66.0部を入れて水浴冷却させながら、60%NaH10部を加えて、90℃にて加熱攪拌させた。次いで、反応容器2にtert-アミルアルコール60部、上記式(15)の化合物27.9部、および4-(オクタデシルカルバモイル)ベンゾニトリル45.7部を入れて加熱溶解し、これを反応容器1に2時間かけて滴下した。120℃で10時間反応させた後、60℃まで冷却させ、メタノール120部、および酢酸15部を加えてから、濾別、メタノール洗浄および乾燥を行い、式(1-1g)で表される特定ヘテロDPP顔料19.8部を得た。 Into the reaction vessel 1, 66.0 parts of tert-amyl alcohol was added and 10 parts of 60% NaH was added while cooling in a water bath, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C. Next, 60 parts of tert-amyl alcohol, 27.9 parts of the compound of the above formula (15), and 45.7 parts of 4- (octadecylcarbamoyl) benzonitrile are placed in the reaction vessel 2 and dissolved by heating. Over 2 hours. After reacting at 120 ° C. for 10 hours, cooling to 60 ° C., adding 120 parts of methanol and 15 parts of acetic acid, followed by filtration, washing with methanol and drying, the specificity represented by the formula (1-1 g) 19.8 parts of hetero-DPP pigment were obtained.
(特定ヘテロジケトピロロピロール顔料 式(1-1h)の製造)
 4-カルバモイルベンゾニトリル54.8部を、4-シアノ-N-フェニルベンズアミド82.2部に変更した以外は、式(1-1a)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料の製造と同様に行い、式(1-1h)で表される特定ヘテロDPP顔料63.4部を得た。
(Production of Specific Heterodiketopyrrolopyrrole Pigment Formula (1-1h))
Except that 54.8 parts of 4-carbamoylbenzonitrile was changed to 82.2 parts of 4-cyano-N-phenylbenzamide, the production was carried out in the same manner as in the production of the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1a). -1 h), 63.4 parts of a specific hetero-DPP pigment represented by formula (1) was obtained.
(特定ヘテロジケトピロロピロール顔料 式(1-2c)の製造)
 窒素雰囲気下、還流管を付けた反応容器にトルエン100部を入れ、3-シアノベンゾイルクロリド49.7部を加えて、90℃にて加熱攪拌させた。次いで、ジブチルアミン39.8部を反応容器に1時間かけて滴下した。100℃で4時間反応させた後、室温まで冷却させ、酢酸エチル500部、および2N水酸化ナトリウム水溶液500部を加えて、抽出を行った。有機層に飽和食塩水500部を加えて、抽出を行った。さらに、得られた有機層に活性炭と硫酸ナトリウムを加えてセライト濾過し、溶媒を除去することにより、下記式(2-2c)の化合物67.8部を得た。
(Production of Specific Heterodiketopyrrolopyrrole Pigment Formula (1-2c))
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 100 parts of toluene was placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a reflux tube, 49.7 parts of 3-cyanobenzoyl chloride was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C. Subsequently, 39.8 parts of dibutylamine was dripped at reaction container over 1 hour. After reacting at 100 ° C. for 4 hours, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and extracted by adding 500 parts of ethyl acetate and 500 parts of 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. Extraction was performed by adding 500 parts of saturated saline to the organic layer. Further, activated carbon and sodium sulfate were added to the obtained organic layer, and the mixture was filtered through Celite, and the solvent was removed to obtain 67.8 parts of a compound of the following formula (2-2c).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 反応容器1にtert-アミルアルコール110部を入れて水浴冷却させながら、60%NaH16部を加えて、90℃にて加熱攪拌させた。次いで、反応容器2にtert-アミルアルコール100部、上記式(15)の化合物46.5部、および上記式(2-2c)のベンゾニトリル化合物49.1部を入れて加熱溶解し、これを反応容器1に2時間かけて滴下した。120℃で10時間反応させた後、60℃まで冷却させ、メタノール200部、および酢酸25部を加えてから、濾別、メタノール洗浄および乾燥を行い、式(1-2c)で表される特定ヘテロDPP顔料26.1部を得た。 While adding 110 parts of tert-amyl alcohol to the reaction vessel 1 and cooling in a water bath, 16 parts of 60% NaH was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C. Next, 100 parts of tert-amyl alcohol, 46.5 parts of the compound of the above formula (15), and 49.1 parts of the benzonitrile compound of the above formula (2-2c) are placed in the reaction vessel 2 and dissolved by heating. The reaction vessel 1 was added dropwise over 2 hours. After reacting at 120 ° C. for 10 hours, the mixture is cooled to 60 ° C., 200 parts of methanol and 25 parts of acetic acid are added, and then filtered, washed with methanol and dried, and the specific formula represented by formula (1-2c) 26.1 parts of hetero-DPP pigment were obtained.
(特定ヘテロジケトピロロピロール顔料 式(1-2d)の製造)
 窒素雰囲気下、還流管を付けた反応容器にトルエン100部を入れ、3-シアノベンゾイルクロリド49.7部を加えて、90℃にて加熱攪拌させた。次いで、オクチルアミン39.8部を反応容器に1時間かけて滴下した。100℃で4時間反応させた後、室温まで冷却させ、酢酸エチル500部、および2N水酸化ナトリウム水溶液500部を加えて、抽出を行った。有機層に飽和食塩水500部を加えて、抽出を行った。さらに、得られた有機層に活性炭と硫酸ナトリウムを加えてセライト濾過し、溶媒を除去することにより、3-(オクチルカルバモイル)ベンゾニトリル65.2部を得た。
(Production of Specific Heterodiketopyrrolopyrrole Pigment Formula (1-2d))
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 100 parts of toluene was placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a reflux tube, 49.7 parts of 3-cyanobenzoyl chloride was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C. Next, 39.8 parts of octylamine was added dropwise to the reaction vessel over 1 hour. After reacting at 100 ° C. for 4 hours, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and extracted by adding 500 parts of ethyl acetate and 500 parts of 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. Extraction was performed by adding 500 parts of saturated saline to the organic layer. Further, activated carbon and sodium sulfate were added to the obtained organic layer and the mixture was filtered through Celite, and the solvent was removed to obtain 65.2 parts of 3- (octylcarbamoyl) benzonitrile.
 反応容器1にtert-アミルアルコール110部を入れて水浴冷却させながら、60%NaH16部を加えて、90℃にて加熱攪拌させた。次いで、反応容器2にtert-アミルアルコール100部、上記式(15)の化合物46.5部、および3-(オクチルカルバモイル)ベンゾニトリル49.1部を入れて加熱溶解し、これを反応容器1に2時間かけて滴下した。120℃で10時間反応させた後、60℃まで冷却させ、メタノール200部、および酢酸25部を加えてから、濾別、メタノール洗浄および乾燥を行い、式(1-2d)で表される特定ヘテロDPP顔料27.4部を得た。 While adding 110 parts of tert-amyl alcohol to the reaction vessel 1 and cooling in a water bath, 16 parts of 60% NaH was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C. Next, 100 parts of tert-amyl alcohol, 46.5 parts of the compound of the above formula (15), and 49.1 parts of 3- (octylcarbamoyl) benzonitrile are placed in the reaction vessel 2 and dissolved by heating. Over 2 hours. After reacting at 120 ° C. for 10 hours, cooling to 60 ° C., adding 200 parts of methanol and 25 parts of acetic acid, followed by filtration, washing with methanol and drying, are performed as specified by the formula (1-2d) 27.4 parts of hetero DPP pigment were obtained.
(特定ヘテロジケトピロロピロール顔料 式(1-2e)の製造)
 4-カルバモイルベンゾニトリル54.8部を、3-シアノ-N-フェニルベンズアミド82.2部に変更した以外は、式(1-1a)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料の製造と同様に行い、式(1-2e)で表される特定ヘテロDPP顔料57.3部を得た。
(Production of specific heterodiketopyrrolopyrrole pigment formula (1-2e))
Except that 54.8 parts of 4-carbamoylbenzonitrile was changed to 82.2 parts of 3-cyano-N-phenylbenzamide, the production was carried out in the same manner as in the production of the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1a). -2e) to obtain 57.3 parts of a specific hetero DPP pigment.
2.ジケトピロロピロール顔料の製造
(ジケトピロロピロール顔料 式(16)の製造)
 4-カルバモイルベンゾニトリル54.8部を、4-シアノビフェニル66.3部に変更した以外は、式(1-1a)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料の製造と同様に行い、下記式(16)で表されるDPP顔料65.9部を得た。
2. Production of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (production of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment formula (16))
The same procedure as in the production of the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1a) except that 54.8 parts of 4-carbamoylbenzonitrile was changed to 66.3 parts of 4-cyanobiphenyl was represented by the following formula (16). 65.9 parts of DPP pigment were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
3.ジケトピロロピロール系顔料組成物の製造
<実施例1>
(顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造)
 C.I.ピグメントレッド254と、式(1-1a)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料との95/5(質量比)混合物100部、塩化ナトリウム1000部、およびジエチレングリコール120部を、ステンレス製1ガロンニーダー(井上製作所製)中に仕込み、60℃で10時間混練した。次に、混練した混合物を温水に投入し、約80℃に加熱しながら1時間攪拌してスラリー状として、濾過および水洗をして食塩およびジエチレングリコールを除いた後、80℃で一昼夜乾燥させ、粉砕することにより、顔料組成物1(R-1)97.1部を得た。平均一次粒子径は29.5nmであった。
3. Production of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition <Example 1>
(Production of Pigment Composition 1 (R-1))
C. I. 100 parts of a 95/5 (mass ratio) mixture of CI Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1a), 1000 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol are made of 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho). It was charged in and kneaded at 60 ° C for 10 hours. Next, the kneaded mixture is poured into warm water, stirred for 1 hour while heating to about 80 ° C. to form a slurry, filtered and washed with water to remove salt and diethylene glycol, and then dried at 80 ° C. for 24 hours, and then pulverized. As a result, 97.1 parts of Pigment Composition 1 (R-1) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 29.5 nm.
<実施例2>
(顔料組成物2(R-2)の製造)
 式(1-1a)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料を、式(1-1b)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料に変更した以外は、顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物2(R-2)96.4部を得た。平均一次粒子径は27.5nmであった。
<Example 2>
(Production of Pigment Composition 2 (R-2))
Pigment composition 2 was prepared in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 1 (R-1) except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1a) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1b). (R-2) 96.4 parts were obtained. The average primary particle size was 27.5 nm.
<実施例3>
(顔料組成物3(R-3)の製造)
 C.I.ピグメントレッド254と、式(1-1c)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料との混合比率を97/3(質量比)に変更した以外は、顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物3(R-3)97.2部を得た。平均一次粒子径は30.2nmであった。
<Example 3>
(Production of Pigment Composition 3 (R-3))
C. I. Except that the mixing ratio of Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero-DPP pigment of the formula (1-1c) was changed to 97/3 (mass ratio), it was carried out in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 1 (R-1). 97.2 parts of pigment composition 3 (R-3) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 30.2 nm.
<実施例4>
(顔料組成物4(R-4)の製造)
 式(1-1a)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料を、式(1-1c)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料に変更した以外は、顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物4(R-4)95.8部を得た。平均一次粒子径は26.9nmであった。
<Example 4>
(Production of Pigment Composition 4 (R-4))
Pigment composition 4 was prepared in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 1 (R-1), except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1a) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1c). 95.8 parts of (R-4) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 26.9 nm.
<実施例5>
(顔料組成物5(R-5)の製造)
 C.I.ピグメントレッド254と、式(1-1c)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料との90/10(質量比)の混合物100部を用いる以外は顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物5(R-5)95.2部を得た。平均一次粒子径は25.2nmであった。
<Example 5>
(Production of Pigment Composition 5 (R-5))
C. I. Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1c) were used in the same manner as in the preparation of Pigment Composition 1 (R-1) except that 100 parts of a 90/10 (mass ratio) mixture was used. 95.2 parts of composition 5 (R-5) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 25.2 nm.
<実施例6>
(顔料組成物6(R-6)の製造)
 C.I.ピグメントレッド254と、式(1-1c)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料との85/15(質量比)の混合物100部を用いる以外は顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物6(R-6)96.2部を得た。平均一次粒子径は27.7nmであった。
<Example 6>
(Production of Pigment Composition 6 (R-6))
C. I. Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1c) were used in the same manner as in the production of Pigment Composition 1 (R-1) except that 100 parts of a 85/15 (mass ratio) mixture was used. 96.2 parts of composition 6 (R-6) were obtained. The average primary particle size was 27.7 nm.
<実施例7>
(顔料組成物7(R-7)の製造)
 式(1-1a)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料を、式(1-1d)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料に変更した以外は、顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物7(R-7)97.8部を得た。平均一次粒子径は25.9nmであった。
<Example 7>
(Production of Pigment Composition 7 (R-7))
Pigment composition 7 was prepared in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 1 (R-1) except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1a) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1d). 97.8 parts of (R-7) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 25.9 nm.
<実施例8>
(顔料組成物8(R-8)の製造)
 式(1-1c)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料を、式(1-1d)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料に変更した以外は、顔料組成物6(R-6)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物8(R-8)95.7部を得た。平均一次粒子径は28.9nmであった。
<Example 8>
(Production of Pigment Composition 8 (R-8))
Except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1c) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1d), the same procedure as in the production of the pigment composition 6 (R-6) was carried out, and a pigment composition 8 95.7 parts of (R-8) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 28.9 nm.
<実施例9>
(顔料組成物9(R-9)の製造)
 式(1-1a)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料を、式(1-1g)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料に変更した以外は、顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物9(R-9)96.4部を得た。平均一次粒子径は32.5nmであった。
<Example 9>
(Production of Pigment Composition 9 (R-9))
Pigment composition 9 was carried out in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 1 (R-1) except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1a) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1g). 96.4 parts of (R-9) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 32.5 nm.
<実施例10>
(顔料組成物10(R-10)の製造)
 式(1-1a)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料を、式(1-1h)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料に変更した以外は、顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物10(R-10)97.2部を得た。平均一次粒子径は28.5nmであった。
<Example 10>
(Production of Pigment Composition 10 (R-10))
Pigment composition 10 was prepared in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 1 (R-1) except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1a) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1h). 97.2 parts of (R-10) were obtained. The average primary particle size was 28.5 nm.
<実施例11>
(顔料組成物11(R-11)の製造)
 式(1-1c)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料を、式(1-1h)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料に変更した以外は、顔料組成物6(R-6)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物11(R-11)96.5部を得た。平均一次粒子径は26.9nmであった。
<Example 11>
(Production of Pigment Composition 11 (R-11))
Pigment composition 11 was prepared in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 6 (R-6) except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1c) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1h). 96.5 parts of (R-11) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 26.9 nm.
<実施例12>
(顔料組成物12(R-12)の製造)
 式(1-1a)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料を、式(1-2c)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料に変更した以外は、顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物12(R-12)95.9部を得た。平均一次粒子径は31.2nmであった。
<Example 12>
(Production of Pigment Composition 12 (R-12))
Except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1a) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-2c), the same procedure as in the production of the pigment composition 1 (R-1) was carried out. 95.9 parts of (R-12) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 31.2 nm.
<実施例13>
(顔料組成物13(R-13)の製造)
 式(1-1a)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料を、式(1-2d)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料に変更した以外は、顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物13(R-13)96.6部を得た。平均一次粒子径は32.7nmであった。
<Example 13>
(Production of Pigment Composition 13 (R-13))
Except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1a) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-2d), the same procedure as in the production of the pigment composition 1 (R-1) was carried out, and the pigment composition 13 96.6 parts of (R-13) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 32.7 nm.
<実施例14>
(顔料組成物14(R-14)の製造)
 式(1-1a)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料を、式(1-2e)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料に変更した以外は、顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物14(R-14)97.3部を得た。平均一次粒子径は30.9nmであった。
<Example 14>
(Production of Pigment Composition 14 (R-14))
Except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1a) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-2e), the same procedure as in the production of the pigment composition 1 (R-1) was carried out. 97.3 parts of (R-14) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 30.9 nm.
<実施例15>
(顔料組成物15(R-15)の製造)
 C.I.ピグメントレッド254と、式(1-1c)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料との95/5(質量比)混合物100部、式(7-1)のベンゾイソインドール誘導体の色素誘導体3.0部、塩化ナトリウム1000部、およびジエチレングリコール120部を、ステンレス製1ガロンニーダー(井上製作所製)中に仕込み、60℃で10時間混練した。次に、混練した混合物を温水に投入し、約80℃に加熱しながら1時間攪拌してスラリー状として、濾過および水洗をして食塩およびジエチレングリコールを除いた後、80℃で一昼夜乾燥させ、粉砕することにより、顔料組成物15(R-15)99.8部を得た。平均一次粒子径は24.1nmであった。
<Example 15>
(Production of Pigment Composition 15 (R-15))
C. I. 100 parts of a 95/5 (mass ratio) mixture of CI Pigment Red 254 and a specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1c), 3.0 parts of a pigment derivative of a benzoisoindole derivative of formula (7-1), sodium chloride 1000 parts and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were charged into a 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho) and kneaded at 60 ° C. for 10 hours. Next, the kneaded mixture is poured into warm water, stirred for 1 hour while heating to about 80 ° C. to form a slurry, filtered and washed with water to remove salt and diethylene glycol, and then dried at 80 ° C. overnight for grinding. As a result, 99.8 parts of pigment composition 15 (R-15) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 24.1 nm.
<実施例16>
(顔料組成物16(R-16)の製造)
 還流管を付けたステンレス製反応容器に、窒素雰囲気下、モレキュラシーブで脱水したtert-アミルアルコール200部、およびナトリウム-tert-アミルアルコキシド140部を加え、攪拌しながら100℃に加熱し、アルコラート溶液を調製した。一方で、ガラス製フラスコに、コハク酸ジイソプロピル88部、4-クロロベンゾニトリル110.1部および式(2-1c)のベンゾニトリル化合物11.2部を加え、攪拌しながら90℃に加熱して溶解させ、これらの混合物の溶液を調製した。この混合物の加熱溶液を、100℃に加熱した上記アルコラート溶液中に、激しく攪拌しながら、2時間かけて一定の速度でゆっくり滴下した。滴下終了後、90℃にて2時間、加熱攪拌を継続し、DPP系化合物のアルカリ金属塩を得た。さらに、ガラス製ジャケット付き反応容器に、メタノール600部、水600部、および酢酸304部を加え、-10℃に冷却した。この冷却した混合物を、高速攪拌ディスパーサーを用いて、直径8cmのシェアディスクを4000rpmで回転させながら、この中に、75℃まで冷却した先に得られたDPP系化合物のアルカリ金属塩溶液を、少量ずつ添加した。この際、メタノール、酢酸、および水からなる混合物の温度が常に-5℃以下の温度を保つように、冷却しながら、かつ、75℃のDPP系化合物のアルカリ金属塩の添加する速度を調整しながら、およそ120分にわたって少量ずつ添加した。アルカリ金属塩添加後、赤色の結晶が析出し、赤色の懸濁液が生成した。続いて、得られた赤色の懸濁液を5℃にて限外濾過装置で洗浄後、濾別し赤色ペーストを得た。このペーストを0℃に冷却したメタノール3500部にて再分散し、メタノール濃度約90%の懸濁液とし、5℃にて3時間攪拌し、結晶転移を伴う粒子整粒および洗浄を行った。続いて、限外濾過機で濾別し、得られたDPP系化合物の水ペーストを、80℃にて24時間乾燥させ、粉砕することによりDPP系顔料組成物110.8部を得た。
<Example 16>
(Production of Pigment Composition 16 (R-16))
To a stainless steel reaction vessel equipped with a reflux tube, 200 parts of tert-amyl alcohol dehydrated with molecular sieves and 140 parts of sodium tert-amyl alkoxide are added in a nitrogen atmosphere, and heated to 100 ° C. with stirring to obtain an alcoholate solution. Prepared. Meanwhile, 88 parts of diisopropyl succinate, 110.1 parts of 4-chlorobenzonitrile and 11.2 parts of the benzonitrile compound of the formula (2-1c) are added to a glass flask and heated to 90 ° C. with stirring. Dissolved to prepare solutions of these mixtures. The heated solution of the mixture was slowly dropped into the alcoholate solution heated to 100 ° C. at a constant rate over 2 hours with vigorous stirring. After completion of the dropwise addition, heating and stirring were continued at 90 ° C. for 2 hours to obtain an alkali metal salt of a DPP compound. Further, 600 parts of methanol, 600 parts of water, and 304 parts of acetic acid were added to a glass jacketed reaction vessel, and cooled to −10 ° C. While rotating the shear disk having a diameter of 8 cm at 4000 rpm using a high-speed stirring disperser, the cooled mixture was cooled to 75 ° C., and the previously obtained alkali metal salt solution of the DPP compound was Small portions were added. At this time, the rate of addition of the alkali metal salt of the DPP compound at 75 ° C. is adjusted while cooling so that the temperature of the mixture of methanol, acetic acid and water is always kept at −5 ° C. or lower. While being added in small portions over approximately 120 minutes. After addition of the alkali metal salt, red crystals were precipitated to form a red suspension. Subsequently, the obtained red suspension was washed with an ultrafiltration device at 5 ° C. and then filtered to obtain a red paste. This paste was re-dispersed in 3500 parts of methanol cooled to 0 ° C. to make a suspension with a methanol concentration of about 90%, and stirred at 5 ° C. for 3 hours to perform particle sizing and washing with crystal transition. Subsequently, the resultant was separated by an ultrafiltration machine, and the obtained DPP compound aqueous paste was dried at 80 ° C. for 24 hours and pulverized to obtain 110.8 parts of a DPP pigment composition.
 得られたDPP系顔料組成物のC.I.ピグメントレッド254および式(1-1c)で表される特定ヘテロDPP顔料の含有量について、HPLCを用いて定量分析した結果、C.I.ピグメントレッド254と式(1-1c)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料の質量比は94.1/5.9であった。 C. of the obtained DPP pigment composition I. As a result of quantitative analysis using HPLC for the content of Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero DPP pigment represented by Formula (1-1c), C.I. I. The mass ratio of Pigment Red 254 to the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1c) was 94.1 / 5.9.
 続いて、得られたDPP系顔料組成物100.0部を用いる以外は顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物16(R-16)96.8部を得た。平均一次粒子径は26.5nmであった。 Subsequently, 96.8 parts of pigment composition 16 (R-16) were obtained in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 1 (R-1) except that 100.0 parts of the obtained DPP pigment composition was used. It was. The average primary particle size was 26.5 nm.
<比較例1>
(顔料組成物17(R-17)の製造)
 特定ヘテロDPP顔料を用いず、C.I.ピグメントレッド254を単独で100.0部用いる以外は顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物17(R-17)97.3部を得た。平均一次粒子径は33.9nmであった。
<Comparative Example 1>
(Production of Pigment Composition 17 (R-17))
Without using a specific hetero DPP pigment, I. Pigment composition 17 (R-17) 97.3 parts were obtained in the same manner as in the production of pigment composition 1 (R-1) except that 100.0 parts of Pigment Red 254 was used alone. The average primary particle size was 33.9 nm.
<比較例2>
(顔料組成物18(R-18)の製造)
 C.I.ピグメントレッド254と、式(1-1c)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料との70/30(質量比)混合物100部を用いる以外は顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物18(R-18)95.1部を得た。平均一次粒子径は29.9nmであった。
<Comparative Example 2>
(Production of Pigment Composition 18 (R-18))
C. I. The same procedure as in the preparation of Pigment Composition 1 (R-1) was conducted except that 100 parts of a 70/30 (mass ratio) mixture of CI Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1c) was used. 95.1 parts of product 18 (R-18) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 29.9 nm.
<比較例3>
(顔料組成物19(R-19)の製造)
 C.I.ピグメントレッド254と、式(1-1c)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料との30/70(質量比)混合物100部を用いる以外は顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物19(R-19)95.8部を得た。平均一次粒子径は38.8nmであった。
<Comparative Example 3>
(Production of Pigment Composition 19 (R-19))
C. I. Pigment composition was prepared in the same manner as in Pigment Composition 1 (R-1) except that 100 parts of a 30/70 (mass ratio) mixture of CI Pigment Red 254 and the specific hetero DPP pigment of formula (1-1c) was used. 95.8 parts of product 19 (R-19) were obtained. The average primary particle size was 38.8 nm.
<比較例4>
(顔料組成物20(R-20)の製造)
 式(1-1c)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料を、式(1-1d)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料に変更した以外は、顔料組成物18(R-18)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物20(R-20)96.3部を得た。平均一次粒子径は34.8nmであった。
<Comparative example 4>
(Production of Pigment Composition 20 (R-20))
Except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1c) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1d), the same procedure as in the production of the pigment composition 18 (R-18) was performed, and the pigment composition 20 96.3 parts of (R-20) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 34.8 nm.
<比較例5>
(顔料組成物21(R-21)の製造)
 式(1-1c)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料を、式(1-1h)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料に変更した以外は、顔料組成物18(R-18)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物21(R-21)96.1部を得た。平均一次粒子径は29.7nmであった。
<Comparative Example 5>
(Production of Pigment Composition 21 (R-21))
Except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1c) was changed to the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1h), the same procedure as in the production of the pigment composition 18 (R-18) was carried out, and a pigment composition 21 96.1 parts of (R-21) was obtained. The average primary particle size was 29.7 nm.
<比較例6>
(顔料組成物22(R-22)の製造)
 式(1-1a)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料を、式(16)のDPP顔料に変更した以外は、顔料組成物1(R-1)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物22(R-22)95.9部を得た。平均一次粒子径は29.4nmであった。
<Comparative Example 6>
(Production of Pigment Composition 22 (R-22))
Except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1a) was changed to a DPP pigment of the formula (16), it was carried out in the same manner as in the production of the pigment composition 1 (R-1), and the pigment composition 22 (R-22). ) 95.9 parts were obtained. The average primary particle size was 29.4 nm.
<比較例7>
(顔料組成物23(R-23)の製造)
 式(1-1c)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料を、式(16)のDPP顔料に変更した以外は、顔料組成物6(R-6)の製造と同様に行い、顔料組成物23(R-23)96.6部を得た。平均一次粒子径は27.5nmであった。
<Comparative Example 7>
(Production of Pigment Composition 23 (R-23))
Except that the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1c) was changed to the DPP pigment of the formula (16), the same procedure as in the production of the pigment composition 6 (R-6) was carried out, and the pigment composition 23 (R-23) ) 96.6 parts were obtained. The average primary particle size was 27.5 nm.
 製造したDPP系顔料組成物1~23(R-1~23)の内容を表1に示す。表1に記載されている「PR254」は、C.I.ピグメントレッド254を意味する。 The contents of the produced DPP pigment compositions 1 to 23 (R-1 to 23) are shown in Table 1. “PR254” described in Table 1 is C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 is meant.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
4.その他の顔料の製造
(ジアントラキノン系顔料1(PR177-1)の製造)
 ジアントラキノン系顔料(C.I.ピグメントレッド177)90部、塩化ナトリウム900部、およびジエチレングリコール110部を、ステンレス製1ガロンニーダー(井上製作所製)中に仕込み、60℃で10時間混練した。次に、混練した混合物を温水に投入し、約80℃に加熱しながら1時間攪拌してスラリー状として、濾過および水洗をして食塩およびジエチレングリコールを除いた後、80℃で一昼夜乾燥させ、粉砕することにより、アントラキノン系顔料1(PR177-1)85.0部を得た。平均一次粒子径は38.2nmであった。
4). Manufacture of other pigments (Manufacture of dianthraquinone pigment 1 (PR177-1))
90 parts of a dianthraquinone pigment (CI Pigment Red 177), 900 parts of sodium chloride and 110 parts of diethylene glycol were charged into a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho) and kneaded at 60 ° C. for 10 hours. Next, the kneaded mixture is poured into warm water, stirred for 1 hour while heating to about 80 ° C. to form a slurry, filtered and washed with water to remove salt and diethylene glycol, and then dried at 80 ° C. overnight for grinding. As a result, 85.0 parts of anthraquinone pigment 1 (PR177-1) were obtained. The average primary particle size was 38.2 nm.
5.バインダー樹脂溶液の製造
(アクリル樹脂溶液1の調製)
 セパラブル4口フラスコに温度計、冷却管、窒素ガス導入管、滴下管および撹拌装置を取り付けた反応容器にシクロヘキサノン196部を仕込み、80℃に昇温し、反応容器内を窒素置換した後、滴下管より、n-ブチルメタクリレート37.2部、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート12.9部、メタクリル酸12.0部、パラクミルフェノールエチレンオキサイド変性アクリレート(東亞合成株式会社製「アロニックスM110」)20.7部、及び2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル1.1部の混合物を2時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に3時間反応を継続し、アクリル樹脂の溶液を得た。室温まで冷却した後、樹脂溶液約2部をサンプリングして180℃、20分加熱乾燥して不揮発分を測定し、先に合成した樹脂溶液に不揮発分が20質量%になるようにメトキシプロピルアセテートを添加してアクリル樹脂溶液1を調製した。重量平均分子量(Mw)は26000であった。
5. Manufacture of binder resin solution (Preparation of acrylic resin solution 1)
A reaction vessel equipped with a separable four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a dropping tube and a stirring device was charged with 196 parts of cyclohexanone, heated to 80 ° C., and purged with nitrogen in the reaction vessel. From the tube, 37.2 parts of n-butyl methacrylate, 12.9 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 12.0 parts of methacrylic acid, paracumylphenol ethylene oxide modified acrylate (“Aronix M110” manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 20.7 And a mixture of 1.1 parts of 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile were added dropwise over 2 hours. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued for 3 hours to obtain an acrylic resin solution. After cooling to room temperature, about 2 parts of the resin solution was sampled and heated and dried at 180 ° C. for 20 minutes to measure the non-volatile content. The methoxypropyl acetate was added to the previously synthesized resin solution so that the non-volatile content was 20% by mass. Was added to prepare an acrylic resin solution 1. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 26000.
(アクリル樹脂溶液2の調製)
 セパラブル4口フラスコに温度計、冷却管、窒素ガス導入管、滴下管および撹拌装置を取り付けた反応容器にシクロヘキサノン207部を仕込み、80℃に昇温し、反応容器内を窒素置換した後、滴下管より、メタクリル酸20部、パラクミルフェノールエチレンオキサイド変性アクリレート(東亜合成社製アロニックスM110)20部、メタクリル酸メチル45部、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート8.5部、及び2,2'-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル1.33部の混合物を2時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に3時間反応を継続し、共重合体樹脂溶液を得た。次に得られた共重合体溶液全量に対して、窒素ガスを停止し乾燥空気を1時間注入しながら攪拌したのちに、室温まで冷却した後、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート(昭和電工社製カレンズMOI)6.5部、ラウリン酸ジブチル錫0.08部、シクロヘキサノン26部の混合物を70℃で3時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に1時間反応を継続し、アクリル樹脂の溶液を得た。室温まで冷却した後、樹脂溶液約2部をサンプリングして180℃、20分加熱乾燥して不揮発分を測定し、先に合成した樹脂溶液に不揮発分が20質量%になるようにシクロヘキサノンを添加してアクリル樹脂溶液2を調製した。重量平均分子量(Mw)は18000であった。
(Preparation of acrylic resin solution 2)
207 parts of cyclohexanone was charged into a reaction vessel equipped with a separable four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a dropping tube and a stirrer, and the temperature was raised to 80 ° C. From the tube, 20 parts of methacrylic acid, 20 parts of paracumylphenol ethylene oxide modified acrylate (Aronix M110 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 45 parts of methyl methacrylate, 8.5 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 2,2′-azobis A mixture of 1.33 parts of isobutyronitrile was added dropwise over 2 hours. After completion of dropping, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a copolymer resin solution. Next, after the nitrogen gas was stopped and the mixture was stirred while injecting dry air for 1 hour with respect to the total amount of the copolymer solution obtained, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and then 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate (Karenz manufactured by Showa Denko KK). MOI) A mixture of 6.5 parts, 0.08 part dibutyltin laurate and 26 parts cyclohexanone was added dropwise at 70 ° C. over 3 hours. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 1 hour to obtain an acrylic resin solution. After cooling to room temperature, sample 2 parts of the resin solution, heat dry at 180 ° C. for 20 minutes, measure the nonvolatile content, and add cyclohexanone to the previously synthesized resin solution so that the nonvolatile content is 20% by mass. Thus, an acrylic resin solution 2 was prepared. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 18000.
(バインダー樹脂の重量平均分子量)
 上記アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)により測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量である。
(Weight average molecular weight of binder resin)
The weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is a polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
6.ジケトピロロピロール系顔料組成物を使用した着色組成物の作製
<実施例17>
(着色組成物1(RP-1)の作製)
 下記に示す配合組成の混合物を均一に撹拌混合し、直径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズを用いて、ピコミル(浅田鉄工社製)で8時間分散した後、5μmのフィルタで濾過し、着色組成物1(RP-1)を作製した。
 DPP系顔料組成物1(R-1)           11.0部
 色素誘導体(14-1)                1.0部
 アクリル樹脂溶液1                 40.0部
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート  48.0部
6). Preparation of coloring composition using diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition <Example 17>
(Preparation of colored composition 1 (RP-1))
A mixture having the following composition is uniformly stirred and mixed, dispersed with Picomill (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) for 8 hours using zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.1 mm, filtered through a 5 μm filter, and colored composition 1 (RP-1) was produced.
DPP pigment composition 1 (R-1) 11.0 parts Dye derivative (14-1) 1.0 part Acrylic resin solution 1 40.0 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 48.0 parts
<実施例18~32>
(着色組成物2~16(RP-2~16)の作製)
 顔料組成物1(R-1)を表2に記載の顔料組成物に変更した以外は着色組成物1(RP-1)と同様にして、着色組成物2~16(RP-2~16)を作製した。
<Examples 18 to 32>
(Preparation of colored compositions 2 to 16 (RP-2 to 16))
Colored compositions 2 to 16 (RP-2 to 16) were the same as colored composition 1 (RP-1) except that pigment composition 1 (R-1) was changed to the pigment composition shown in Table 2. Was made.
<実施例33>
(着色組成物17(RP-17)の作製)
 下記に示す配合組成の混合物を用いる以外は着色組成物1(RP-1)と同様にして、着色組成物17(RP-17)を作製した。
 DPP系顔料組成物4(R-4)           11.0部
 式(6-3)のDPP色素誘導体            1.0部
 樹脂型分散剤(ビックケミー社製「BYK161」、30%溶液)6.0部
 アクリル樹脂溶液1                 31.0部
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート  51.0部
<Example 33>
(Preparation of colored composition 17 (RP-17))
A colored composition 17 (RP-17) was produced in the same manner as the colored composition 1 (RP-1) except that a mixture having the following composition was used.
DPP pigment composition 4 (R-4) 11.0 parts DPP dye derivative of formula (6-3) 1.0 part Resin-type dispersant (BYK161, 30% solution manufactured by BYK Chemie) 6.0 parts Acrylic Resin solution 1 31.0 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 51.0 parts
<比較例8~14>
(着色組成物18~24(RP-18~24)の作製)
 顔料組成物1(R-1)を表2に記載の顔料組成物に変更した以外は着色組成物1(RP-1)と同様にして着色組成物18~24(RP-18~24)を作製した。
<Comparative Examples 8-14>
(Preparation of colored compositions 18 to 24 (RP-18 to 24))
Colored compositions 18 to 24 (RP-18 to 24) were prepared in the same manner as colored composition 1 (RP-1), except that pigment composition 1 (R-1) was changed to the pigment composition shown in Table 2. Produced.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
7.その他の着色組成物の作製
(着色組成物25(RP-25)の作製)
 下記に示す配合組成の混合物を用いる以外は着色組成物1(RP-1)と同様にして、調色用の着色組成物25(RP-25)を作製した。
 ジアントラキノン系顔料(PR177-1)       10.8部
 式(8-5)のアントラキノン色素誘導体         1.2部
 アクリル樹脂溶液1                  40.0部
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート   48.0部
7. Preparation of other colored compositions (Preparation of colored composition 25 (RP-25))
A coloring composition 25 (RP-25) for toning was prepared in the same manner as the coloring composition 1 (RP-1) except that the mixture having the following composition was used.
Dianthraquinone pigment (PR177-1) 10.8 parts Anthraquinone dye derivative of formula (8-5) 1.2 parts Acrylic resin solution 1 40.0 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 48.0 parts
8.感光性着色組成物の作製
<実施例34>
(感光性着色組成物1(RR-1)の作製)
 下記組成の混合物を均一になるように攪拌混合した後、1μmのフィルタで濾過し、感光性着色組成物1(RR-1)を作製した。
 着色組成物1(RP-1)               38.1部
 着色組成物25(RP-25)              3.9部
 アクリル樹脂溶液2                  13.2部
 光重合性単量体(東亞合成社製「アロニックスM400」) 2.8部
 光重合開始剤(チバ・ジャパン社製「イルガキュア907」) 2.0部
 増感剤(保土谷化学工業社製「EAB-F」)       0.4部
 エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート    39.6部
8). Preparation of photosensitive coloring composition <Example 34>
(Preparation of photosensitive coloring composition 1 (RR-1))
A mixture having the following composition was stirred and mixed so as to be uniform, and then filtered through a 1 μm filter to prepare photosensitive coloring composition 1 (RR-1).
Coloring composition 1 (RP-1) 38.1 parts Coloring composition 25 (RP-25) 3.9 parts Acrylic resin solution 2 13.2 parts Photopolymerizable monomer ("Aronix M400" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 2.8 parts Photopolymerization initiator (“Irgacure 907” manufactured by Ciba Japan) 2.0 parts Sensitizer (“EAB-F” manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.4 part Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 39. 6 copies
 <実施例35~50>
(感光性着色組成物2~17(RR-2~17)の作製)
 着色組成物1(RP-1)を着色組成物2~17(RP-2~17)に変更し、さらに着色組成物2~17(RP-2~17)と着色組成物25(RP-25)の比率を変更(着色組成物の全量42部内で比率変更)する以外は、実施例34と同様にして感光性着色組成物2~17(RP-2~17)を作製した。尚、比率変更については、塗膜評価の際にC光源でx=0.640、y=0.336の色度に合うように、着色組成物2~17(RP-2~17)と着色組成物25(RP-25)の比率を変更した。
<Examples 35 to 50>
(Preparation of photosensitive coloring compositions 2 to 17 (RR-2 to 17))
Coloring composition 1 (RP-1) was changed to coloring compositions 2 to 17 (RP-2 to 17), and further, coloring compositions 2 to 17 (RP-2 to 17) and coloring composition 25 (RP-25) ) Was changed in the same manner as in Example 34 except that the ratio was changed within 42 parts of the total amount of the colored composition. Photosensitive colored compositions 2 to 17 (RP-2 to 17) were produced. As for the ratio change, coloring compositions 2 to 17 (RP-2 to 17) are colored so as to match the chromaticity of x = 0.640 and y = 0.336 with a C light source during coating film evaluation. The ratio of composition 25 (RP-25) was changed.
<比較例15~21>
(感光性着色組成物18~24(RR-18~24)の作製)
 着色組成物1(RP-1)を着色組成物18~24(RP-18~24)に変更し、さらに着色組成物18~24(RP-18~24)と着色組成物25(RP-25)の比率を変更(着色組成物の全量42部内で比率変更)する以外は、実施例34と同様にして感光性着色組成物18~24(RR-18~24)を作製した。尚、比率変更については、塗膜評価の際にC光源でx=0.640、y=0.336の色度に合うように、着色組成物18~24(RP-18~24)と着色組成物25(RP-25)の比率を変更した。
<Comparative Examples 15 to 21>
(Preparation of photosensitive coloring compositions 18 to 24 (RR-18 to 24))
The coloring composition 1 (RP-1) is changed to the coloring compositions 18 to 24 (RP-18 to 24), and further the coloring compositions 18 to 24 (RP-18 to 24) and the coloring composition 25 (RP-25). ) Was changed in the same manner as in Example 34 except that the ratio was changed within 42 parts of the total amount of the colored composition. Photosensitive colored compositions 18 to 24 (RR-18 to 24) were produced. As for the ratio change, coloring compositions 18 to 24 (RP-18 to 24) are colored so as to match the chromaticity of x = 0.640 and y = 0.336 with a C light source during coating film evaluation. The ratio of composition 25 (RP-25) was changed.
9.感光性着色組成物を用いた塗膜作製と評価
 得られた感光性着色組成物(RR-1~24)を用いて作製した赤色塗膜の色特性、コントラスト比、熱による結晶析出の評価を下記方法で行った。表3に感光性着色組成物中の着色組成物の種類および評価結果を示す。
9. Preparation and evaluation of coating film using photosensitive coloring composition Evaluation of color characteristics, contrast ratio, and crystal precipitation due to heat of red coating film prepared using photosensitive coloring composition (RR-1 to 24) obtained. The following method was used. Table 3 shows the types and evaluation results of the coloring composition in the photosensitive coloring composition.
(塗膜の色特性評価) 
 100mm×100mm、0.7mm厚のガラス基板上に、C光源においてx=0.640、y=0.336になるような膜厚に感光性着色組成物を塗布し、乾燥後、超高圧水銀ランプを用いて300mJ/cmの紫外線を照射した。さらに、230℃で60分加熱することで赤色塗膜を得た。その後、得られた塗膜の明度(Y)を顕微分光光度計(オリンパス光学社製「OSP-SP200」)で測定した。
(Evaluation of color characteristics of coating film)
On a glass substrate of 100 mm × 100 mm and 0.7 mm thickness, a photosensitive coloring composition is applied to a film thickness such that x = 0.640 and y = 0.336 using a C light source, and after drying, ultrahigh pressure mercury An ultraviolet ray of 300 mJ / cm 2 was irradiated using a lamp. Furthermore, the red coating film was obtained by heating at 230 degreeC for 60 minutes. Thereafter, the lightness (Y) of the obtained coating film was measured with a microspectrophotometer (“OSP-SP200” manufactured by Olympus Optical Co., Ltd.).
(塗膜のコントラスト比評価)
 塗膜のコントラスト比の測定法について説明する。液晶ディスプレー用バックライトユニットから出た光は、偏光板を通過して偏光され、ガラス基板上に塗布された着色組成物の乾燥塗膜を通過し、偏光板に到達する。偏光板と偏光板の偏光面が平行であれば、光は偏光板を透過するが、偏光面が直行している場合には光は偏光板により遮断される。しかし、偏光板によって偏光された光が着色組成物の乾燥塗膜を通過するときに、顔料粒子による散乱等が起こり、偏光面の一部にずれを生じると、偏光板が平行のときは偏光板を透過する光量が減り、偏光板が直行のときは偏光板を一部光が透過する。この透過光を偏光板上の輝度として測定し、偏光板が平行のときの輝度と、直行のときの輝度との比(コントラスト比)を算出した。
   (コントラスト比)=(平行のときの輝度)/(直行のときの輝度)
 従って、塗膜中の顔料により散乱が起こると、平行のときの輝度が低下し、かつ直行のときの輝度が増加するため、コントラスト比が低くなる。
 輝度計としては色彩輝度計(トプコン社製「BM-5A」)、偏光板としては偏光板(日東電工社製「NPF-G1220DUN」)を用いた。測定に際しては、不要光を遮断するために、測定部分に1cm角の孔を開けた黒色のマスクを当てた。コントラスト比測定には、色特性評価時と同様の方法で得られた赤色塗膜を使用した。
(Evaluation of contrast ratio of coating film)
A method for measuring the contrast ratio of the coating film will be described. The light emitted from the backlight unit for liquid crystal display is polarized through the polarizing plate, passes through the dried coating film of the colored composition applied on the glass substrate, and reaches the polarizing plate. If the polarizing planes of the polarizing plate and the polarizing plate are parallel, light is transmitted through the polarizing plate, but if the polarizing plane is perpendicular, the light is blocked by the polarizing plate. However, when the light polarized by the polarizing plate passes through the dried coating film of the colored composition, scattering by the pigment particles occurs, and when a part of the polarization plane is displaced, the polarized light is polarized when the polarizing plate is parallel. When the amount of light transmitted through the plate is reduced and the polarizing plate is perpendicular, a part of the light is transmitted through the polarizing plate. This transmitted light was measured as the luminance on the polarizing plate, and the ratio (contrast ratio) between the luminance when the polarizing plate was parallel and the luminance when it was orthogonal was calculated.
(Contrast ratio) = (Luminance when parallel) / (Luminance when direct)
Accordingly, when scattering occurs due to the pigment in the coating film, the brightness when parallel is reduced and the brightness when perpendicular is increased, the contrast ratio is lowered.
A color luminance meter (“BM-5A” manufactured by Topcon Corporation) was used as the luminance meter, and a polarizing plate (“NPF-G1220DUN” manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation) was used as the polarizing plate. In the measurement, a black mask with a 1 cm square hole was applied to the measurement portion in order to block unnecessary light. For the contrast ratio measurement, a red coating film obtained by the same method as that used in the color characteristic evaluation was used.
(塗膜表面の結晶析出評価)
 100mm×100mm、0.7mm厚のガラス基板上に、C光源においてx=0.640になるような膜厚に感光性着色組成物を塗布し、乾燥後、超高圧水銀ランプを用いて300mJ/cm2の紫外線を照射した。続けて230℃で60分間の加熱処理行った後、さらに240℃で60分間の加熱処理を2回繰り返した。加熱処理後の基板の塗膜表面を光学顕微鏡にて観察し、結晶析出有無を下記基準に従って判定した。
 A:230℃60分間加熱処理、1回目の240℃60分間加熱処理、および2回目の240℃60分間加熱処理の後でも結晶析出なし
 B:230℃60分間加熱処理、および1回目の240℃60分間加熱処理の後でも結晶析出なし(2回目の240℃60分間加熱処理で結晶析出あり)
 C:230℃60分間加熱処理後には結晶析出はないが、1回目の240℃60分間加熱処理で結晶析出あり
 D:230℃60分間加熱処理後に結晶析出あり
(Evaluation of crystal precipitation on the coating surface)
A photosensitive coloring composition is applied to a glass substrate having a thickness of x = 0.640 using a C light source on a glass substrate having a size of 100 mm × 100 mm and 0.7 mm, dried, and then dried using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp. Irradiation with ultraviolet rays of cm 2 was performed. Subsequently, heat treatment was performed at 230 ° C. for 60 minutes, and then heat treatment at 240 ° C. for 60 minutes was repeated twice. The coating film surface of the substrate after the heat treatment was observed with an optical microscope, and the presence or absence of crystal precipitation was determined according to the following criteria.
A: Heat treatment at 230 ° C. for 60 minutes, no crystal precipitation even after the first heat treatment at 240 ° C. for 60 minutes, and the second heat treatment at 240 ° C. for 60 minutes B: Heat treatment at 230 ° C. for 60 minutes and the first heat treatment at 240 ° C. No crystal precipitation even after 60 minutes of heat treatment (crystallized by second heat treatment at 240 ° C. for 60 minutes)
C: No crystal precipitation after heat treatment at 230 ° C. for 60 minutes, but there is crystal precipitation after the first heat treatment at 240 ° C. for 60 minutes D: Crystal precipitation after heat treatment at 230 ° C. for 60 minutes
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
 表3の結果より、カラーフィルタ形成において、C.I.ピグメントレッド254と、特定ヘテロDPP顔料とを特定の比率(質量比97:3~85:15)で含有するDPP系顔料組成物を使用した実施例は、特にコントラスト比に優れており、さらには高明度を維持し、加熱工程によるDPP系顔料の結晶析出を抑制できることがわかった。 From the results in Table 3, C.C. I. Examples using a DPP pigment composition containing Pigment Red 254 and a specific hetero DPP pigment in a specific ratio (mass ratio 97: 3 to 85:15) are particularly excellent in contrast ratio, It was found that high brightness can be maintained and crystal precipitation of the DPP pigment due to the heating process can be suppressed.
 実施例34、実施例35、実施例37、実施例40、実施例42、および実施例43の比較において、炭素数4以上のアルキル基やフェニル基などの立体障害効果が期待できる置換基を有する方が、高コントラスト比化と結晶析出抑制に有効であることがわかった。 In the comparison of Example 34, Example 35, Example 37, Example 40, Example 42, and Example 43, it has a substituent that can be expected to have a steric hindrance effect such as an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms or a phenyl group. This was found to be more effective in increasing the contrast ratio and suppressing crystal precipitation.
 一方、C.I.ピグメントレッド254と組み合わせる顔料が、式(16)のDPP含顔料であって、特定ヘテロDPP顔料ではない場合は、比較例20および21に示されるように、コントラスト比に劣り、かつ、結晶析出抑制効果も低下した。
 実施例36~39、および比較例15~17の比較において、式(1-1c)の特定ヘテロDPP顔料の含有比率が多くなるほど明度が低くなるが、結晶析出抑制効果は大きくなる傾向にあること、および、コントラスト比については最適点があり、特定ヘテロDPP顔料の含有比率をコントロールすれば、明度とコントラスト比のバランスを取ることができることがわかった。また、実施例37と実施例48を比較することにより、色素誘導体処理は高コントラスト比化に効果があることがわかった。
On the other hand, C.I. I. When the pigment combined with Pigment Red 254 is a DPP-containing pigment of the formula (16) and is not a specific hetero DPP pigment, as shown in Comparative Examples 20 and 21, the contrast ratio is inferior and crystal precipitation is suppressed. The effect also declined.
In the comparison of Examples 36 to 39 and Comparative Examples 15 to 17, the lightness decreases as the content ratio of the specific hetero DPP pigment of the formula (1-1c) increases, but the crystal precipitation suppressing effect tends to increase. It has been found that there is an optimum point for the contrast ratio, and that the brightness and contrast ratio can be balanced by controlling the content ratio of the specific hetero DPP pigment. Further, by comparing Example 37 and Example 48, it was found that the dye derivative treatment was effective in increasing the contrast ratio.
 実施例37と実施例49の比較において、コハク酸ジエステル共合成法で製造した顔料組成物と、C.I.ピグメントレッド254と特定ヘテロDPP顔料とを別々に合成しソルトミリング処理時に混合して製造した顔料組成物とで、同様の効果が得られることがわかった。 In the comparison between Example 37 and Example 49, a pigment composition produced by a succinic acid diester co-synthesis method and C.I. I. It was found that the same effect was obtained with a pigment composition prepared by separately synthesizing Pigment Red 254 and a specific hetero DPP pigment and mixing them during the salt milling treatment.
10.カラーフィルタの作製
 カラーフィルタの作製に使用する緑色感光性着色組成物と青色感光性着色組成物の作製を行った。赤色については、上記感光性着色組成物4(RR-4)を使用した。
10. Preparation of color filter Green photosensitive coloring composition and blue photosensitive coloring composition used for preparation of a color filter were prepared. For red, the photosensitive coloring composition 4 (RR-4) was used.
(緑色着色組成物1(GP-1)の作製)
 下記に示す配合組成の混合物を均一に撹拌混合し、直径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズを用いて、ピコミルで8時間分散した後、5μmのフィルタで濾過し、緑色着色組成物1(GP-1)を作製した。
 緑色顔料(C.I.ピグメントグリーン36)      6.8部
 黄色顔料(C.I.ピグメントイエロー150)     5.2部
 樹脂型分散剤(チバ・ジャパン社製「EFKA4300」)1.0部
 アクリル樹脂溶液1                 35.0部
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート  52.0部
(Preparation of green coloring composition 1 (GP-1))
The mixture having the composition shown below was uniformly stirred and mixed, dispersed with picomil for 8 hours using zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.1 mm, filtered through a 5 μm filter, and green colored composition 1 (GP-1) Was made.
Green pigment (CI Pigment Green 36) 6.8 parts Yellow pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 150) 5.2 parts Resin type dispersant ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan) 1.0 part Acrylic resin Solution 1 35.0 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 52.0 parts
(緑色感光性着色組成物1(GR-1)の調製)
 下記組成の混合物を均一になるように攪拌混合した後、1μmのフィルタで濾過し、緑色感光性着色組成物1(GR-1)を作製した。
 緑色着色組成物1(GP-1)             42.0部
 アクリル樹脂溶液2                  13.2部
 光重合性単量体(東亞合成社製「アロニックスM400」) 2.8部
 光重合開始剤(チバ・ジャパン社製「イルガキュア907」) 2.0部
 増感剤(保土谷化学工業社製「EAB-F」)       0.4部
 エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート    39.6部
(Preparation of green photosensitive coloring composition 1 (GR-1))
A mixture having the following composition was stirred and mixed so as to be uniform, and then filtered through a 1 μm filter to produce a green photosensitive coloring composition 1 (GR-1).
Green coloring composition 1 (GP-1) 42.0 parts Acrylic resin solution 2 13.2 parts Photopolymerizable monomer (“Aronix M400” manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 2.8 parts Photopolymerization initiator (Ciba Japan) "Irgacure 907" manufactured by the company) 2.0 parts Sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.4 parts 39.6 parts ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
(青色着色組成物1(BP-1)の調製)
 下記に示す配合組成の混合物を均一に撹拌混合し、直径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズを用いて、ピコミルで8時間分散した後、5μmのフィルタで濾過し、青色着色組成物1(BP-1)を作製した。
 青色顔料(C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6)     7.2部
 紫色顔料(C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23)    4.8部
 樹脂型分散剤(チバ・ジャパン社製「EFKA4300」)1.0部
 アクリル樹脂溶液1                 35.0部
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート  52.0部
(Preparation of blue coloring composition 1 (BP-1))
The mixture having the composition shown below was uniformly stirred and mixed, dispersed with picomil for 8 hours using zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.1 mm, filtered through a 5 μm filter, and blue colored composition 1 (BP-1) Was made.
Blue pigment (CI Pigment Blue 15: 6) 7.2 parts Purple Pigment (CI Pigment Violet 23) 4.8 parts Resin-type dispersant ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan) 1.0 part Acrylic resin solution 1 35.0 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 52.0 parts
(青色感光性着色組成物1(BR-1)の調製)
 下記組成の混合物を均一になるように攪拌混合した後、1μmのフィルタで濾過し、青色感光性着色組成物1(BR-1)を作製した。
 青色着色組成物1(BP-1)             34.0部
 アクリル樹脂溶液2                  15.2部
 光重合性単量体(東亞合成社製「アロニックスM400」) 3.3部
 光重合開始剤(チバ・ジャパン社製「イルガキュア907」) 2.0部
 増感剤(保土谷化学工業社製「EAB-F」)       0.4部
 エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート    45.1部
(Preparation of blue photosensitive coloring composition 1 (BR-1))
A mixture having the following composition was stirred and mixed so as to be uniform, and then filtered through a 1 μm filter to prepare blue photosensitive coloring composition 1 (BR-1).
Blue coloring composition 1 (BP-1) 34.0 parts Acrylic resin solution 2 15.2 parts Photopolymerizable monomer (“Aronix M400” manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 3.3 parts Photopolymerization initiator (Ciba Japan) "Irgacure 907" manufactured by the company) 2.0 parts Sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.4 parts 45.1 parts ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
 ガラス基板上にブラックマトリクスをパターン加工し、該基板上にスピンコーターで感光性着色組成物4(RR-4)を、x=0.640、y=0.336になるような膜厚に塗布し、着色被膜を形成した。該被膜にフォトマスクを介して、超高圧水銀ランプを用いて300mJ/cmの紫外線を照射した。次いで0.2重量%の炭酸ナトリウム水溶液からなるアルカリ現像液によりスプレー現像して未露光部分を取り除いた後、イオン交換水で洗浄し、この基板を230℃で20分加熱して、赤色フィルタセグメントを形成した。
 同様の方法により、緑色感光性着色組成物1(GR-1)をx=0.300、y=0.600になるような膜厚に、青色感光性着色組成物1(BR―1)をx=0.150、y=0.060になるような膜厚に、それぞれ塗布し、緑色フィルタセグメントおよび青色フィルタセグメントを形成して、カラーフィルタを得た。
A black matrix is patterned on a glass substrate, and photosensitive coloring composition 4 (RR-4) is applied onto the substrate with a spin coater so that x = 0.640 and y = 0.336. Then, a colored film was formed. The coating was irradiated with 300 mJ / cm 2 of ultraviolet rays through a photomask using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp. Next, spray development was performed with an alkaline developer composed of a 0.2% by weight aqueous sodium carbonate solution to remove unexposed portions, followed by washing with ion-exchanged water. The substrate was heated at 230 ° C. for 20 minutes to obtain a red filter segment. Formed.
By the same method, the green photosensitive coloring composition 1 (GR-1) was formed to a thickness such that x = 0.300 and y = 0.600, and the blue photosensitive coloring composition 1 (BR-1) was added. The film was applied in such a film thickness as x = 0.150 and y = 0.060 to form a green filter segment and a blue filter segment to obtain a color filter.
 感光性着色組成物4(RR-4)を用いることにより、高明度かつ高コントラスト比であり、加熱工程で結晶析出がないカラーフィルタを作製することが可能であった。 By using the photosensitive coloring composition 4 (RR-4), it was possible to produce a color filter having high brightness and high contrast ratio and no crystal precipitation in the heating process.
 本願の開示は、2011年3月2日に出願された特願2011-044576号に記載の主題と関連しており、それらのすべての開示内容は引用によりここに援用される。
 既に述べられたもの以外に、本発明の新規かつ有利な特徴から外れることなく、上記の実施形態に様々な修正や変更を加えてもよいことに注意すべきである。したがって、そのような全ての修正や変更は、添付の請求の範囲に含まれることが意図されている。
The disclosure of the present application is related to the subject matter described in Japanese Patent Application No. 2011-044576 filed on Mar. 2, 2011, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
It should be noted that various modifications and changes may be made to the above-described embodiments without departing from the novel and advantageous features of the present invention other than those already described. Accordingly, all such modifications and changes are intended to be included within the scope of the appended claims.

Claims (7)

  1.  C.I.ピグメントレッド254、および、下記式(1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料を含有し、
     前記C.I.ピグメントレッド254と前記下記式(1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料の質量比が97:3~85:15である、カラーフィルタ用ジケトピロロピロール系顔料組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (式(1)中、AおよびBは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシル基、シアノ基、-CF、または-CON(R)Rであり、AおよびBのうち少なくとも1つは、-CON(R)Rである。RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、または置換基を有してもよいフェニル基である。)
    C. I. Pigment red 254, and a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the following formula (1):
    C. above. I. A diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition for color filters, wherein the mass ratio of CI Pigment Red 254 and the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the following formula (1) is 97: 3 to 85:15.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (In the formula (1), A and B are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, —CF 3 , or —CON (R 1 ) R 2 , and at least one of A and B is —CON (R 1 ) R 2. R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen An atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group.)
  2.  前記式(1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料が、下記式(1-1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料、および、下記式(1-2)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料のいずれか一方を少なくとも含む、請求項1記載のカラーフィルタ用ジケトピロロピロール系顔料組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    (式(1-1)および式(1-2)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、または置換基を有してもよいフェニル基である。)
    The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the formula (1) includes a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the following formula (1-1), and a diketopyrrolopyrrole represented by the following formula (1-2). The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition for color filters according to claim 1, comprising at least one of the pigments.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    (In Formula (1-1) and Formula (1-2), R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl. Group.)
  3.  前記フェニル基の置換基は、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシル基、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、およびスルファモイル基からなる群から選ばれる1以上の基である、請求項1または2記載のカラーフィルタ用ジケトピロロピロール系顔料組成物。 The substituent of the phenyl group is selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, and a sulfamoyl group. The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition for a color filter according to claim 1 or 2, which is one or more selected groups.
  4.  さらに、色素誘導体を含有する、請求項1~3のいずれか1項記載のカラーフィルタ用ジケトピロロピロール系顔料組成物。 The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition for color filters according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising a dye derivative.
  5.  着色剤、バインダー樹脂、および有機溶剤を含有し、
     前記着色剤が請求項1~4のいずれか1項記載のジケトピロロピロール系顔料組成物を含有する、カラーフィルタ用着色組成物。
    Contains a colorant, a binder resin, and an organic solvent,
    A color composition for a color filter, wherein the colorant contains the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4.
  6.  さらに光重合性単量体および/または光重合開始剤を含有する、請求項5記載のカラーフィルタ用着色組成物。 The coloring composition for a color filter according to claim 5, further comprising a photopolymerizable monomer and / or a photopolymerization initiator.
  7.  請求項5または6記載のカラーフィルタ用着色組成物から形成されるフィルタセグメントを具備する、カラーフィルタ。 A color filter comprising a filter segment formed from the coloring composition for a color filter according to claim 5 or 6.
PCT/JP2012/054573 2011-03-02 2012-02-24 Pigment composition for color filter, colored composition, and color filter WO2012117965A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011-044576 2011-03-02
JP2011044576A JP2012181378A (en) 2011-03-02 2011-03-02 Pigment composition for color filter, coloring composition and color filter

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012117965A1 true WO2012117965A1 (en) 2012-09-07

Family

ID=46757902

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2012/054573 WO2012117965A1 (en) 2011-03-02 2012-02-24 Pigment composition for color filter, colored composition, and color filter

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2012181378A (en)
TW (1) TW201239038A (en)
WO (1) WO2012117965A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020075569A1 (en) * 2018-10-11 2020-04-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, film, color filter, production method for color filter, structure, solid imaging element, and image display device
WO2020241535A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-12-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Optical sensor and sensing device
WO2021039205A1 (en) 2019-08-29 2021-03-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, near-infrared cut-off filter, pattern formation method, laminate, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, image display device, camera module and compound
WO2021039253A1 (en) 2019-08-30 2021-03-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, optical filter and method for producing same, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor and sensor module
WO2022130773A1 (en) 2020-12-17 2022-06-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
WO2022131191A1 (en) 2020-12-16 2022-06-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, membrane, optical filter, solid image pickup element, image display apparatus, and infrared ray sensor

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6194671B2 (en) * 2013-06-12 2017-09-13 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP6625130B2 (en) * 2015-09-04 2019-12-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Materials, compositions, curable compositions, cured films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, infrared sensors, camera modules, and methods of manufacturing materials
JP6919234B2 (en) * 2017-03-07 2021-08-18 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition, composition for color filter using the pigment composition, and color filter
KR102174436B1 (en) * 2017-08-17 2020-11-04 주식회사 엘지화학 Qualitative analysis method of insoluble pigment compounds
JP7077765B2 (en) * 2018-05-17 2022-05-31 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Manufacturing method of red coloring composition for color filter and color filter

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10316876A (en) * 1997-05-06 1998-12-02 Ciba Specialty Chem Holding Inc New diketopyrrolopyrrole composition
JP2000089025A (en) * 1998-09-14 2000-03-31 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Photosensitive colored composition for color filter
JP2003177231A (en) * 2001-12-11 2003-06-27 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Color filter for reflective liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing the same
JP2007119586A (en) * 2005-10-27 2007-05-17 Canon Inc Method for producing liquid composition, method and apparatus for image formation
WO2009144115A1 (en) * 2008-05-28 2009-12-03 Basf Se Improved, red colour filter composition
JP2010174143A (en) * 2009-01-29 2010-08-12 Fujifilm Corp Pigment material and pigment material dispersion

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101918497B (en) * 2007-12-26 2014-05-28 东洋油墨制造股份有限公司 Pigment composition for red color filter, method for producing the same, color composition using the same, and color filter

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10316876A (en) * 1997-05-06 1998-12-02 Ciba Specialty Chem Holding Inc New diketopyrrolopyrrole composition
JP2000089025A (en) * 1998-09-14 2000-03-31 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Photosensitive colored composition for color filter
JP2003177231A (en) * 2001-12-11 2003-06-27 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Color filter for reflective liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing the same
JP2007119586A (en) * 2005-10-27 2007-05-17 Canon Inc Method for producing liquid composition, method and apparatus for image formation
WO2009144115A1 (en) * 2008-05-28 2009-12-03 Basf Se Improved, red colour filter composition
JP2010174143A (en) * 2009-01-29 2010-08-12 Fujifilm Corp Pigment material and pigment material dispersion

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020075569A1 (en) * 2018-10-11 2020-04-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, film, color filter, production method for color filter, structure, solid imaging element, and image display device
JPWO2020075569A1 (en) * 2018-10-11 2021-10-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, film, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, structure, solid-state image sensor and image display device
JP7143431B2 (en) 2018-10-11 2022-09-28 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, film, color filter, method for producing color filter, structure, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2020241535A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-12-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Optical sensor and sensing device
WO2021039205A1 (en) 2019-08-29 2021-03-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, near-infrared cut-off filter, pattern formation method, laminate, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, image display device, camera module and compound
WO2021039253A1 (en) 2019-08-30 2021-03-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, optical filter and method for producing same, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor and sensor module
WO2022131191A1 (en) 2020-12-16 2022-06-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, membrane, optical filter, solid image pickup element, image display apparatus, and infrared ray sensor
WO2022130773A1 (en) 2020-12-17 2022-06-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201239038A (en) 2012-10-01
JP2012181378A (en) 2012-09-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4993026B1 (en) Colorant for color filter, coloring composition, and color filter
WO2012117965A1 (en) Pigment composition for color filter, colored composition, and color filter
JP5659823B2 (en) Color filter pigment composition, coloring composition, and color filter
JP5817028B2 (en) Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
WO2012102399A1 (en) Diketopyrrolopyrrole-type pigment composition for color filters, colored composition for color filters, and color filter
JP2013125037A (en) Pigment composition for color filter, color composition and color filter
JP5568804B2 (en) ε-type phthalocyanine pigment composition and method for producing the same
JP5880196B2 (en) Red coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP2013182230A (en) Pigment composition for color filter, coloring composition, and color filter
JP5316690B1 (en) Pigment dispersant and pigment composition, coloring composition and color filter using the same
JP6269176B2 (en) Pigment additive, pigment composition using the same, coloring composition, and color filter
JP2011118219A (en) Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP6724512B2 (en) Compound, pigment dispersant containing the compound, coloring composition and color filter
JP2013186149A (en) Colorant for color filter, coloring composition, and color filter
JP5707603B2 (en) Pigment dispersant, pigment composition using the same, coloring composition, and color filter
JP2017156397A (en) Color filter coloring composition and color filter
JP2013120309A (en) Pigment composition for color filter, color composition and color filter
JP5786159B2 (en) Colorant for color filter, coloring composition, and color filter
JP2018158962A (en) Method for producing diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment
JP2013199516A (en) Pigment composition and method of manufacturing the same, coloring composition, and color filter
JP2012208329A (en) Color-filter coloring composition
JP2014118479A (en) Yellow colorant, method of producing the same, and color filter using the same
JP7019235B2 (en) Pigment compositions for color filters, coloring compositions for color filters, and color filters
JP2013186146A (en) Colored composition for color filter, and color filter
JP6413872B2 (en) Brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12752450

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 12752450

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1